Intellectual property rights protection worldwide = Иностранный язык в сфере права интеллектуальной собственности. Учебное пособие 9785998808845

Table of contents :
103418_titul
103418_oborot
103418_08.11

Citation preview

МИНИСТЕРСТВО НАУКИ И ВЫСШЕГО ОБРАЗОВАНИЯ РОССИЙСКОЙ ФЕДЕРАЦИИ МОСКОВСКИЙ ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ЮРИДИЧЕСКИЙ УНИВЕРСИТЕТ ИМЕНИ О. Е. КУТАФИНА (МГЮА)

В. В. Пикалова, Е. И. Розанова

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS PROTECTION WORLDWIDE ИНОСТРАННЫЙ ЯЗЫК В СФЕРЕ ПРАВА ИНТЕЛЛЕКТУАЛЬНОЙ СОБСТВЕННОСТИ Учебное пособие

Москва 2019

УДК 811.111 ББК 81.2Англ-923 П32

Электронные версии книг на сайте www.prospekt.org

Авторы: Пикалова В. В., кандидат филологических наук, доцент кафедры английского языка № 1 Института юридического перевода Московского государственного юридического университета имени О. Е. Кутафина (МГЮА) — Уроки 1, 3, 5, 9—12; Розанова Е. И., доцент кафедры английского языка № 1 Института юридического перевода Московского государственного юридического университета имени О. Е. Кутафина (МГЮА) — Уроки 2, 4, 6—8, 13. Рецензенты: Куприянова М. Е., кандидат филологических наук, доцент кафедры иностранных языков РУДН; Сидоров И. Н., кандидат юридических наук, старший юрист WRAGGE LAWRENCE GRAHAM & CO LLP.

Пикалова В. В., Розанова Е. И. П32

Intellectual property rights protection worldwide = Иностранный язык в сфере права интеллектуальной собственности : учебное пособие. — Москва : РГ-Пресс, 2019. — 216 с. ISBN 978-5-9988-0884-5 Данное учебное пособие разработано с целью совершенствования коммуникативных навыков английского языка на базе материала в области права интеллектуальной собственности. Пособие имеет практическую направленность и предназначено для слушателей учреждений высшего профессионального образования, обучающихся по программе подготовки переводчиков в области профессиональной коммуникации, на завершающем этапе изучения английского языка, а также для всех интересующихся правом интеллектуальной собственности на международном уровне.

УДК 811.111 ББК 81.2Англ-923

Учебное издание Пикалова Виктория Владимировна, Розанова Елена Игоревна INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS PROTECTION WORLDWIDE

ИНОСТРАННЫЙ ЯЗЫК В СФЕРЕ ПРАВА ИНТЕЛЛЕКТУАЛЬНОЙ СОБСТВЕННОСТИ

Учебное пособие Подписано в печать 15.03.2019. Формат 60×90 1/16. Печать цифровая. Печ. л. 13,5. Тираж 50 экз. Заказ №

ISBN 978-5-9988-0884-5

© Пикалова В. В., Розанова Е. И., 2016

ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ Интеллектуальная собственность представляет собой один из наиболее значимых правовых институтов и вместе с тем является достаточно острой проблемой современного мирового общественного развития в связи с высоким уровнем незаконного использования охраняемых правом результатов интеллектуальной человеческой деятельности. Поскольку в отечественном правоведении категория «интеллектуальная собственность» в полной мере стала использоваться сравнительно недавно, то для более глубокого освоения этой отрасли права представляется важным изучение и использование международного опыта. Кроме того, право интеллектуальной собственности имеет ряд существенных особенностей, а именно, применение не только норм национального права, но и норм международного права — конвенций, двусторонних соглашений, составленных на английском языке. Соответственно, необходимым условием всестороннего анализа категории «интеллектуальная собственность» является знание и владение необходимой международной терминологией, которая позволит разобраться в непростых юридических конструкциях авторского права, патентного права и т. д., а также профессионально излагать и отстаивать свою позицию по вопросам защиты прав интеллектуальной собственности на английском языке. Настоящее пособие, разработанное по дисциплине «Иностранный язык в сфере права интеллектуальной собственности», являющейся частью программы профессиональной переподготовки «Переводчик в сфере профессиональной коммуникации», и предназначенное для лиц, имеющих высшее юридическое образование/получающих высшее юридическое образование, дает слушателям прекрасную возможность совершенствовать свои коммуникативные навыки английского языка в сочетании с изучением конкретного материала в отдельной профессиональной области юриспруденции с учетом мировой практики. В пособии представлены аутентичные тексты в области защиты прав интеллектуальной собственности, на базе которых построена уникальная программа изучения этого сложного, но очень интересного и перспективного с профессиональной точки зрения материала на английском языке. 3

Пособие состоит из 13 уроков, содержание которых отражает традиционные институты права интеллектуальной собственности. Все части являются самостоятельными обучающими блоками, имеющими общую структуру и законченную смысловую компоненту. В качестве основной коммуникативно-дидактической единицы учебной деятельности выступают аутентичные тексты на английском языке, освещающие юридические тонкости и особенности конкретного аспекта сферы защиты прав интеллектуальной собственности. Характер текстового материала и его расположение не обязывают к строгому следованию предложенному порядку. В пособие включены коммуникативные упражнения различной степени сложности, поэтому методика работы во многом будет зависеть от уровня подготовки аудитории и наличия учебного времени. Рубрика Revision представлена материалами Гражданского кодекса РФ Часть 4 с параллельными русским и английским текстами для сравнения и анализа терминологических систем английского и русского языков. Рубрика Discussion Point обоснована современной образовательной технологией case-study и включает казусы, основанные на материалах реальных судебных дел в РФ, в процессе решения которых слушатели анализируют содержание правовых норм и готовят мотивированные ответы на английском языке, используя необходимую терминологию. В рубрике Project Work использован метод исследовательского проекта, который позволяет организовать внеурочную самостоятельную деятельность и развивать учебно-познавательную компетенцию, тем самым повышая профессиональную мотивацию слушателей. Пособие снабжено глоссарием и ответами к упражнениям закрытого типа. Перевод терминов не рассматривается как универсальный и единственно возможный и допускает варьирования. Авторы выражают искреннюю благодарность рецензентам пособия за доброжелательное отношение и высокую оценку работы, за их советы и рекомендации. Авторы будут признательны за все критические замечания и предложения, которые могут быть сделаны по данному пособию и постараются учесть их в дальнейшей работе.

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION VOCABULARY intellectual property — интеллектуальная собственность human intellectual endeavor — интеллектуальная деятельность человека unwarranted interference (with) — несанкционированное вмешательство right holder — правообладатель subject matter — предмет (авторского права) property (tangible) right-s — имущественные права physical entity — материальный объект собственности grant a compulsory licence — предоставлять обязательную лицензию to qualify for protection — подпадать под право legal entitlement — законное право goodwill — деловая репутация, нематериальные активы, гудвил patent law — патентное право trademark — товарный знак copyright law — авторское право design law — закон о промышленных образцах industrial property — промышленная собственность passing off — недобросовестная конкуренция, коммерческая деятельность под чужим именем sui generis rights — права особого рода

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. • • • • •

What is intellectual property? What does the term “property” imply? How does intellectual property protection operate? Compare tangible rights and intangible rights. What subject matters of the IP do you know? 5

What is intellectual property (IP)? IP is frequently referred to as ‘the novel products of human intellectual endeavour’. Yet, the use of the term ‘property’ to describe intellectual products implies the existence of rights and, perhaps more importantly, remedies in respect of the property and any unwarranted interference with it. A property paradigm, in turn, implies a system of control to be exercised by the right holder, that is, control of the subject matter of his property right. What makes a book your book in legal terms is the fact that no one can take, use or otherwise interfere with your property without your permission. At first level, intellectual property protection operates in a similar fashion. It is concerned with identifying and policing permissible and impermissible dealing with intellectual products, usually by reference to the consent of the right holder, at least in the first instance. However, in many other respects an analogy with tangible rights — that is, property rights over physical entities — does not help us to understand what we mean by intellectual property. For example, your book will not stop being your book at midnight tonight, yet in most cases intellectual property rights eventually expire, leaving the subject matter without an owner and so free to be used or exploited by anyone. Similarly, no one can require you to lend your book to others so that they might benefit from it, whereas with certain forms of intellectual property compulsory licences can be granted to third parties to exploit the property in question. Finally, all forms of intellectual property must qualify for protection according to stringent criteria which vary depending on the kind of property right that is being sought. This is not true of the other forms of property which assume the quality of property by sheer dint of their experience. In law, intellectual property is an umbrella term for various legal entitlements which attach to certain names, written and recorded media, and inventions. The holders of these legal entitlements may exercise various exclusive rights in relation to the subject matter of the IP. The term intellectual property reflects the idea that this subject matter is the product of the mind or the intellect. The term implies that intellectual works are analogous to physical property and is consequently a matter of some controversy. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 2. Read through the text. Specify the principal forms of intellectual property and the statutes relevant to them in the UK. What is intellectual property law? IP law comprises a wide range of forms of protection for intellectual property. It encompasses statutory and common law provisions and has aspects which are shaped by international, European and national consideration. 6

The statutory rights There are four principal forms of intellectual property, and in the UK these are protected by statute. They are as follows: Patents — Patents Act 1977 Patent law protects inventions, which can be described as technical solutions to technical problems. An invention can be a product or a process. An invention is the paradigmatic example of ‘industrial property’. Copyright — Copyright, Design and Patents Act 1988 Copyright law is designed to protect aesthetic and artistic creations such as literary, musical, dramatic and artistic works — known as original works — together with derivative works such as films, sound recordings, cable programmes, broadcasts and the typographic arrangement of a published work (i.e. the way the material is laid out). Copyright was expanded considerably throughout the course of the 20th century to protect new and emerging forms of intellectual property such as computer software and databases. Copyright protection arises on the creation of a protectable work. There is no need to register the right. Designs — Registered Designs Act 1949 and Copyright, Design and Patent Act 1988 Design law protects the way in which a commercially produced article ‘looks’ and/or ‘functions’. Designs can either be protected by registration (aesthetic designs) or automatically on the creation of a design document or an article embodying the design (primarily functional designs). The two forms of protection are not mutually exclusive. There is much potential for overlap between copyright protection for artistic works and design protection. Trade marks — Trade Marks Act 1994 Trade marks operate to distinguish the goods and services of one enterprise from those of another. They exist as badges of origin and help the consumer to avoid confusion between goods or services of variable quality. Trade mark can assist greatly in bolstering protection for goods already protected by another form of intellectual property law. For example, patent protected drugs will invariably carry their own trade mark, e.g. Valium or Aspirin. Trade mark protection is awarded by registration. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate words and phrases. validity of registered rights; harmonize jurisdiction and enforcement of judgments; infringement proceedings; by way of defense; recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments 7

The Hague Conference on Private International Law For a number of years the Hague Conference on Private International Law has been working on the text of a Convention that would 1. … for commercial matters. However, the proposals have proved controversial, not least in the area of intellectual property. From ambitious beginning in 1996: “… to include in the Agenda of the Nineteenth Session the question of jurisdiction, and 2. … in civil and commercial matters’ the Convention, as finally agreed on 30 June 2005 concerns only agreed exclusive choice of court clauses in civil or commercial matters and the enforcement of judgments. The measures of intellectual property proved to be consistently difficult to negotiate. Questions arose as to whether intellectual property should be included at all, and if so, whether questions as to the 3. … should be excluded. On intellectual property matters the Convention does not apply to: • The validity of intellectual property rights other than copyright and related rights; • Infringement of intellectual property rights other than copyright and related rights, except where 4. … are brought for breach of a contract between the parties relating to such rights, or could have been brought for breach of that contract; • The validity of entries in public registers. But Article 2.3 goes on to state that notwithstanding what is said in Article 2 if an excluded matter arises ‘merely as a preliminary question and not as an object of the proceedings’, in particular if it arises 5. …, then proceedings are not excluded from the Convention ‘if that matter is not an object of the proceedings’. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 4. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. — to harmonise jurisdiction and enforcement of judgments for commercial matters; — to prove controversial; — validity of registered rights; — related rights; — infringement proceedings; — public register

READING 2 Exercise 5. Read through the text and translate it focusing on the speech connectors and inversion for stylistic purposes. Compare and contrast the following forms of intellectual property using the words whereas or while. Patents protect inventions which must display novelty, i.e. the invention must never previously have been available to the public by any means anywhere 8

in the world. This is the strictest requirement of its kind in intellectual property law. However, if it and the other patentability criteria are met, the reward is the strongest type of intellectual property monopoly available. This is the absolute monopoly which allows the holder to prevent every unauthorized use of his invention in the marketplace. Thus, rivals cannot make and sell illicit copies of the protected invention, nor import such copies, nor indeed sell the invention in a kit form without fear of an infringement action. Copyright protects works that demonstrate originality. Here, originality simply means that there must be some evidence of independent skill or intellectual endeavour on the part of the creator, and that the work is not simply copied from an existing work. In the realm of copyright, originality does not mean novelty in the same sense we find in patent law. There is a good reason why different terminology is used because the threshold to qualify for protection is set a very different level. The monopoly one receives in a copyright law mere a right to prevent unauthorized copying or interference with one’s own work. It is not a monopoly throughout the market of the subject matter of the property right. A copyright monopoly is restricted to the particular expression that the intellectual property creator gives to his work. It is not a monopoly over the underlying idea itself. This is just as well, for were it otherwise copyright monopolies could significantly hinder the production of works in the fields of literature and arts. Human beings are not very imaginative creatures. We always explore the same themes through our stories: birth, death, love, betrayal, revenge, hate, reconciliation and salvation. Copyright does not prevent anyone writing about these subjects, it merely protects the ways in which particular stories are told. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Complete the expressions below using the prepositions in the box. Give Russian equivalents. for; in (2); from (2); on; with; to; up to operate … a similar fashion; to benefit … something; to exploit property … question; to qualify … protection; arise … the creation of a work; to make … the body of IP law; to comply … the European Directive; to exclude foreign nationals … protection; to be accorded … foreign nationals 9

Exercise 7. Add the prefixes in-, un-, im-, il- to each of the following words to form its opposition and use in the sentences of your own. tangible; permissible; adequate; registered; authorized; legal

READING 3 Exercise 8. Interpret the text into Russian and answer the question What does the term “passing off” imply? Common law actions Beyond these statutory rights a number of common law actions are also considered to make up the body of intellectual property law in the UK. Passing off: Passing off protects the reputation or ‘goodwill’ of traders in respect of their product ‘get-up’, name or trading style. The action becomes relevant when traders copy a rival’s ‘get up’ and when this leads to, or is likely to lead to, public confusion between the competing products. There is much scope for overlap between trade mark protection and passing off. Often both actions are brought in same dispute. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 9. Read through the text and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. Nowadays the list of existing forms of intellectual property rights protection is comprehensive. 2. Semi-conductor topography is a special form of unregistered design right. 3. Plant breeders’ rights are not protected under UK legislation. 4. The only way to protect a database is to apply for a sui generis form protection. Sui generis rights In more recent years a series of new intellectual property rights have been introduced, usually because of the success of arguments that existing forms of protection are inadequate to accommodate emerging technologies, and/or because political agendas have desired a novel and unique form of protection. Some key examples include the following: 10

Semi-conductor topography concerns the layout of computer circuit boards. The UK originally created a ‘topography right’ in 1989 to comply with a European Directive. Since then topographies have been protected as a special form of unregistered design right. The move to protect this form of intellectual property came after pressure was brought to bear by the USA which threatened to exclude foreign nationals from protection under its own law if equivalent provision did not exist in their own countries. Plant breeders’ rights: new varieties of plants and seeds can be protected by a right of protection under UK legislation which complies with a European regulation from 1994. Database right: compilation of data can receive protection in Europe as a database in two separate ways. First, if the structure of the compilation is original, then the structure is protected by copyright. Second, the underlying material can be protected if sufficient investment has been made in its compilation. ‘Investment’ is broadly defined and includes both investment of time and money. This material is protected by a ‘database right’ which entitles the ‘maker’ of the database to prevent another from extracting the whole or a significant part of the database without permission. This is a sui generis form of protection which is not required under international obligations. It will therefore only be accorded to foreign nationals whose country accords similar degrees of protection. Copyright protection in the contents of the database is not precluded by the existence of the new right. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 10. Read through the text. Discuss with a partner the common elements of all forms of intellectual property protection, making use of the following sentence connectors. The question of … arises with regard to…; as far as smth is concerned…; what is of importance is that…; clearly,…; furthermore…; next…; finally…. Summary of common themes A series of common themes and elements run through many, sometimes all, forms of intellectual property protection. • Qualification for protection: novelty All forms of intellectual property must be ‘new’ in order to receive the protection of the law. However, the degree to which a creation must be new varies with each form of the IPR. • Procedure for protection: Registration Many of the statutory IPRs require registration. This assists in the identification of the property to be protected and administration of the rights to be granted. 11

• Form of protection: Monopoly Monopolies are granted to IP producers to control how their property is used and exploited by others. Different forms of monopoly attach to the different IPRs. Note, however, a common feature of these monopolies is that they only give a negative right of exclusion from the marketplace. That is, there is no positive entitlement to privilege or success in the market, and the right is a public right to be exercised against those who would compete with the IP holder in a public forum. Intellectual property constrains rarely reach into the private sphere. Thus any party who has privately used an invention prior to its being the subject of a patent, or anyone who has honestly and concurrently been using a mark prior to its registration by a third party, cannot be prevented from continuing in their enjoyment of their property. • Duration of protection: Time limits One feature of the need to strike a balance in the provision of intellectual property protection can be seen in the imposition of the time limits on the duration of many intellectual property rights. Often, this is connected with the strength of the monopoly which is offered. • Implementation of protection: Remedies The remedies which are available for infringement of intellectual property rights are, in the main, uniform: injunction, delivery up, damages or account of profits. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 11. There are some notices of protection of intellectual property you may find attached to works. Match the following copyright notices with their description. Translate the descriptions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

patent pending ® © ™ D P T

а) Copyright protection arises automatically whenever a qualifying work is created. However, in order to gain international recognition and reciprocity of that protection under the Universal Copyright Convention (1971), this symbol should appear on the work, together with the name of the author and the date when the work was first made publicly available. b) This term is used once a patent has been applied for but before it is granted. Inventors attach this to their inventions to put rivals on notice that an application 12

is being considered. The novelty of an invention is tested by reference to what was publicly available prior to a patent application being filed. In this period an invention must not appear in the public domain — if it does, protection will never be granted. Once an application is filed, however, marketing of the invention can go ahead without any risk of prejudice to the patent application. c) Intellectual property producers sometimes attach this symbol to signs, names or logos in an attempt to infer that these are trade marks. Often this happens when trade mark protection has been refused, or is unlikely to be granted, or the producer does not want to go to the time and expense of registering his mark. In Europe, this symbol has no legal effect whatsoever. d) This symbol indicates that a trade mark is registered. Only formally registered marks are entitled to appear with this symbol. It is an offence falsely to represent that a mark is a registered trade mark. e) This symbol appears in respect of topography rights under the EC Directive 87/54 of 16 December 1986. Where the legislation of member states provides that semiconductor products manufactured using protected topographies may carry an indication this should be in one of the following form: ‘T’, {T}, T*. f) This notice appears on registered designs which seek recognition under the Hague Agreement Concerning the International Deposit of Designs (1960).The encircled symbol must appear together with the year of the deposit, the name of the deposit and number of the international deposit. g) This symbol puts others on notice that rights of producers of phonograms or performers are being claimed under the Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organisations (1961). As above, name and date must also appear.

Exercise 12. Give English equivalents. Материальный объект; классический пример; производная работа; возникать в момент создания; проект документации; усилие человеческого ума; наличие прав; несанкционированное вмешательство; согласие правообладателя; имущественные права; истекать; жесткие критерии; предмет спора; потребитель; способствовать защите товара; внешний вид товара; конкурент; пересекаться; признание и применение иностранных судебных решений.

Exercise 13. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. • Под интеллектуальной собственностью в российском законодательстве понимается не что иное, как совокупность исклю13

•

•

•

•

•

чительных прав на результаты интеллектуальной деятельности, а также на некоторые иные приравненные к ним объекты. Термин «исключительные права» условен. В данном случае под ним следует понимать абсолютное право на нематериальный объект, с включением в него более широкого объема правомочий и средств защиты, чем для материальных вещей. Законодательство защищает интеллектуальную собственность путем наложения различных ограничений. Обычно законодательство определяет права владельца как «исключительные», таким образом давая владельцу право запрещать другим использовать его интеллектуальную собственность без разрешения. Интеллектуальная собственность — пример «неосязаемого» движимого имущества. Это совокупность идей и информации в широком смысле, которая в силу защиты законом признается имеющей ценность. В РФ термин «интеллектуальная собственность» был узаконен Конституцией РФ от 12 декабря 1993 г. Хотя ст. 44 Конституции РФ, закрепляющая свободу литературного, художественного, научного, технического и других видов творчества, не раскрывает содержание данного понятия, она подчеркивает, что «интеллектуальная собственность охраняется законом». Круг охраняемых в РФ объектов интеллектуальной собственности за последние десять-пятнадцать лет пополнился полезными моделями, наименованиями мест происхождения товаров, топологиями интегральных микросхем, программами для ЭВМ, базами данных и др.

Exercise 14. Match these types of remedies (1–4) available for infringement of intellectual property rights with their definitions (a — d). a) compensation, in a monetary form, assessed by the court to reflect what, in its opinion, you have lost as a result of an infringer’s activities; 2) delivery up b) an action requiring a third party to desist unlawful conduct (e.g. to prevent a trader from selling infringing copies of your CD) c) this remedy ensures that the infringer must hand 3) damages over all infringing copies for destruction to stop the rogue trader from selling these copies; d) this remedy requires that the infringer’s profits 4) account of profits made from his illegal activities be handed over to you 1) injunction

14

LISTENING Exercise 15. You are going to hear Mary Juetten talking about What is Intellectual Property Law and Why Do I Care? http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rDKxuTi2Cmk&nohtml5=False Listen and give at least 2 reasons why you must care about IP.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 16. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. What is intellectual property? 2. What is Intellectual Property Law? 3. The future of Intellectual Property Law in the Context of `Business and Economic Development.

REVISION Exercise 17. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1225. Protected results of intellectual activity and methods of individualization

Статья 1225. Охраняемые результаты интеллектуальной деятельности и средства индивидуализации

1. The following are results of intellectual activity and methods of individualization equated to them of legal persons, goods, works, services and enterprises that the legal protection is provided (intellectual property):

1. Результатами интеллектуальной деятельности и приравненными к ним средствами индивидуализации юридических лиц, товаров, работ, услуг и предприятий, которым предоставляется правовая охрана (интеллектуальной собственностью), являются: 1) произведения науки, литературы и искусства; 2) программы для электронных вычислительных машин (программы для ЭВМ);

1) works of science, literature and art; 2) programs for electronic computers (programs for EC);

15

3) databases; 4) performances; 5) phonograms; 6) transmission to air or by cable of radio- or television broadcasts (broadcasting of organizations of air or cable broadcasting); 7) inventions; 8) useful models; 9) industrial samples; 10) selective achievements; 11) integrated circuit topologies; 12) trade secrets (know-how); 13) firm names; 14) trademarks and service marks; 15) names of places of goods’ origin; 16) commercial designations.

3) базы данных; 4) исполнения; 5) фонограммы; 6) сообщение в эфир или по кабелю радио- или телепередач (вещание организаций эфирного или кабельного вещания); 7) изобретения; 8) полезные модели; 9) промышленные образцы; 10) селекционные достижения; 11) топологии интегральных микросхем; 12) секреты производства (ноухау); 13) фирменные наименования; 14) товарные знаки и знаки обслуживания; 15) наименования мест происхождения товаров; 16) коммерческие обозначения.

2. Intellectual property is protected by law.

2. Интеллектуальная собственность охраняется законом.

Article 1226. Intellectual rights

Статья 1226. Интеллектуальные права

The intellectual rights that include exclusive right, being property right, and in cases, provided by the present Code, also personal nonproperty rights and other rights (right of sequence, right of access, etc.) are considered results of intellectual activity and methods of individualization equated to them (results of intellectual activity and methods of individualization).

На результаты интеллектуальной деятельности и приравненные к ним средства индивидуализации (результаты интеллектуальной деятельности и средства индивидуализации) признаются интеллектуальные права, которые включают исключительное право, являющееся имущественным правом, а в случаях, предусмотренных настоящим Кодексом, также личные неимущественные права и иные права (право доступа и другие).

16

Article 1250. Protection of intellectual rights

Статья 1250. Защита интеллектуальных прав

1. The intellectual rights are protected by the methods, provided by the present Code, taking into account the essence of violated right and consequences of violating this right.

1. Интеллектуальные права защищаются способами, предусмотренными настоящим Кодексом, с учетом существа нарушенного права и последствий нарушения этого права.

2. The methods of protecting intellectual rights, provided by the present Code, can be applied upon request of rightholders, organizations for administering rights on collective basis, as well as other persons in the cases, established by law.

2. Предусмотренные настоящим Кодексом способы защиты интеллектуальных прав могут применяться по требованию правообладателей, организаций по управлению правами на коллективной основе, а также иных лиц в случаях, установленных законом.

3. The absence of the violator’s guilt does not exempt him from obligation to cease the violation of intellectual rights, as well as does not exclude application of measures with respect to the violator, aimed at protection of such rights. In particular, the publication of court ruling concerning committed violation (subparagraph 5 clause 1 article 1252) and suppression of actions, violating the exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization or creating the threat of violating such right, are exercised irrespective of the violator’s guilt and at his expense.

3. Предусмотренные настоящим Кодексом меры ответственности за нарушение интеллектуальных прав подлежат применению при наличии вины нарушителя, если иное не установлено настоящим Кодексом. Отсутствие вины доказывается лицом, нарушившим интеллектуальные права. Если иное не установлено настоящим Кодексом, предусмотренные подп. 3 п. 1 и п. 3 ст. 1252 настоящего Кодекса меры ответственности за нарушение интеллектуальных прав, допущенное нарушителем при осуществлении им предпринимательской деятельности, подлежат применению независимо от вины нарушителя, если такое лицо не докажет, что нарушение интеллектуальных прав произошло вследствие непреодолимой силы, то есть чрезвычайных и непредотвратимых при данных условиях обстоятельств.

Unit 2 IP: INTERNATIONAL LEGAL ENVIRONMENT VOCABULARY self-funding agency — самофинансируемая организация key milestones — основные этапы constituent instrument — учредительный документ intergovernmental organization — межправительственная организация specialized agency — специализированное учреждение (в ООН) emerge under the auspices — возникнуть под покровительством (под эгидой) cross-border dispute settlement — урегулирование международных споров contractual dispute — спор по договору (контракту) cost-efficient — рентабельный pending procedure — иск на рассмотрении суда venue of the proceedings — место рассмотрения дела governing law — применимое право WIPO — Всемирная Организация Интеллектуальной собственности BIRPI — Объединенные международные бюро по охране интеллектуальной собственности

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What is WIPO? What is the mission of WIPO? 2. When was WIPO established? What is the WIPO’s the constituent instrument? 3. When did the need for international protection of intellectual property become evident? What was the first step taken to protect intellectual works internationally? 4. What is the aim of the Berne Convention? What kind of works does the Berne Convention protect? 5. What does the Paris Convention cover? 18

6. What organization was the WIPO’s immediate predecessor? 7. What does BIRPI stand for? What is WIPO? WIPO is the global forum for intellectual property services, policy, information and cooperation. WIPO is a self-funding agency of the United Nations, with 188 member states. The mission of WIPO is to lead the development of a balanced and effective international intellectual property (IP) system that enables innovation and creativity for the benefit of all. The WIPO’s mandate, governing bodies and procedures are set out in the WIPO Convention. The WIPO Convention, the constituent instrument of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), was signed at Stockholm on July 14, 1967, entered into force in 1970 and was amended in 1979. WIPO is an intergovernmental organization which in 1974 became one of the specialized agencies of the United Nations system. The origins of WIPO go back to 1883 and 1886 when the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property and the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works provided for the establishment of an “International Bureau”. The two bureaus were united in 1893 and, in 1970, were replaced by the World Intellectual Property Organization, by virtue of the WIPO Convention. WIPO — A Brief History These are some of the key milestones in the Organization’s history. 1883 — Paris Convention The Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property is born. This international agreement is the first major step taken to help creators ensure that their intellectual works are protected in other countries. The need for international protection of intellectual property (IP) became evident when foreign exhibitors refused to attend the International Exhibition of Inventions in Vienna, Austria in 1873 because they were afraid their ideas would be stolen and exploited commercially in other countries. The Paris Convention covers: inventions (patents), trademarks, industrial designs. 1886 — Berne Convention Following a campaign by French writer Victor Hugo and his Association Littéraire et Artistique Internationale the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works is agreed. The aim is to give creators the right to control and receive payment for their creative works on an international level. Works protected include: — novels, short stories, poems, plays; — songs, operas, musicals, sonatas; and drawings, paintings, sculptures, architectural works. 19

1891 — Madrid Agreement With the adoption of the Madrid Agreement, the first international IP filing service is launched: the Madrid System for the international registration of marks. In the decades that follow, a full spectrum of international IP services will emerge under the auspices of what will later become WIPO. 1893 — BIRPI established The two secretariats set up to administer the Paris and Berne Conventions combine to form WIPO’s immediate predecessor, the United International Bureaux for the Protection of Intellectual Property — best known by its French acronym, BIRPI. (Bureaux Internationaux Reunis pour la Protection de la Propiete Intellectuelle — United International Bureaus for Protection of Intellectual Property). The organization, with a staff of seven, is based in Berne, Switzerland. 1974 — WIPO joins the UN WIPO joins the United Nations (UN) family of organizations, becoming a specialized agency of the UN. All member states of the UN are entitled, though not obliged, to become members of the specialized agencies. (www.wipo.int)

READING 2 Exercise 2. Read through the text and answer the questions. Interpret the text into Russian. 1. Why was the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center established? 2. Where is the office of the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center situated? 3. What does the subject matter of the proceedings include? 4. What is meant by contractual/non-contractual disputes? Give examples. 5. What parties do the WIPO disputes include? WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center Based in Geneva, Switzerland, with a further office in Singapore, the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center was established in 1994 to offer Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) options for the resolution of international commercial disputes between private parties. Developed by leading experts in cross-border dispute settlement, the arbitration, mediation and expert determination procedures offered by the Center are widely recognized as particularly appropriate for technology, entertainment and other disputes involving intellectual property. Since 2010 the Center has an office at Maxwell Chambers in Singapore. 20

An increasing number of cases are being filed with the Center under the WIPO Arbitration, Expedited Arbitration, Mediation and Expert Determination Rules. The subject matter of these proceedings includes both contractual disputes (e.g. patent and software licenses, trademark coexistence agreements, distribution agreements for pharmaceutical products and research and development agreements) and non-contractual disputes (e.g. patent infringement). WIPO disputes have involved parties based in different jurisdictions including Austria, China, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Panama, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The Center makes available a general overview of its caseload as well as descriptive examples of mediation and arbitration cases. The Center believes that the quality and commitment of the neutrals are crucial to the satisfactory resolution of each case. The Center assists parties in the selection of mediators, arbitrators and experts from the Center’s database of over 1,500 neutrals with experience in dispute resolution and specialized knowledge in intellectual property disputes. Where necessary in individual cases, the Center will use its worldwide contacts to identify additional candidates with the required background. After appointment also, the Center monitors its cases in terms of their time and cost effectiveness. The Center conducts a number of workshops focused on its procedures in Geneva during the course of the year which are frequented especially by intellectual property professionals including prospective WIPO neutrals. There is also available an online course on arbitration and mediation under the WIPO Rules. The Center has focused significant resources on establishing an operational and legal framework for the administration of disputes relating to the Internet and electronic commerce. The Center provides time- and cost-efficient mechanisms to resolve internet domain name disputes arising out of the abusive registration and use of Internet domain names, without the need for court litigation. In addition, the Center is frequently consulted on other specialized dispute resolution services. An independent and impartial body, the Center forms part of the World Intellectual Property Organization. (www.wipo.int)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate words and phrases. in principle; to a large extent; in the context of; on the part of; as well as; diversity; draw upon; in view of 21

Neutrals Effective proceedings 1. … depend on the quality of the neutral. Intellectual property disputes demand not only optimal procedural skills 2. … the decision-maker, but also specialized knowledge within the areas of patents, trademarks, copyright, designs or other form of intellectual property that is the subject of the dispute. Parties can 3. … a growing database of over 1,500 independent WIPO arbitrators, mediators and experts globally. The candidates on the WIPO List of Neutrals range from seasoned dispute resolution generalists to highly specialized practitioners and experts covering the entire legal and technical spectrum of intellectual property. Their geographical 4. … suits the international character of many disputes. Where the WIPO Center is called upon to appoint a neutral 5. … a pending procedure under the WIPO Rules, the WIPO Center, taking into account the specific characteristics of the dispute, makes available detailed database profiles of suitable candidates. These dispute characteristics include: • Method of resolving the dispute (i.e. arbitration, mediation, expert determination) • Governing law • Nationality and/or identity of the parties and their representatives • Area of intellectual property law • Technical or business area • Language of the proceedings • Venue of the proceedings 6. … the need for the neutral and the WIPO Center to preserve their impartiality and independence, the WIPO Center 7. … does not make unilateral recommendations to only one party (that is, does not normally do so to one party without the other party’s consent). The WIPO Center has a strong commitment to the time and cost effective conduct of cases. In its selection process 8. … in the administration of the case, the WIPO Center makes every effort to ensure that its appointed neutrals share this commitment. (www.wipo.int)

SPEAKING Exercise 4. Read the text “Neutrals” more closely and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. Effective proceedings to a large extent depend on the subject matter of the dispute. 2. The WIPO Center in principle does not make unilateral recommendations to only one party without the other party’s consent. 22

3. The WIPO Center does not have a strong commitment to the time and cost effective conduct of cases.

Exercise 5. Answer the question to the text “Neutrals”. 1. What does the WIPO Center take into account when appointing a neutral to resolve a dispute? 2. What do dispute characteristics include?

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. time- and cost-efficient; abusive registration; neutrals; dispute resolution generalists; highly specialized practitioners.

Exercise 7. Give English equivalents. Применимое право; самофинансируемая организация; учредительный документ; основные этапы; межправительственная организация; специализированное учреждение (в ООН); урегулирование международных споров; возникнуть под покровительством (под эгидой); недобросовестная регистрация доменных имен; иск на рассмотрении суда; место рассмотрения дела; односторонние рекомендации; рентабельный.

Exercise 8. Give Russian equivalents. Venue of the proceedings; pending procedure; geographical diversity; immediate predecessor; time and cost effective conduct of cases; highly specialized practitioners; a balanced and effective international intellectual property (IP) system; make every effort; the abusive registration of Internet domain names; a general overview of its caseload; French acronym; dispute resolution generalists; cross-border dispute settlement; neutrals; has a strong commitment; to frequent.

READING 3 Exercise 9. Read through the article and answer the questions. 1. What was the purpose of establishing the IP Court? 2. What are the functions of the IP Court as a court of first instance? 3. What is the second role of the IP Court? 23

4. What kind of cases keep the IP Court busy? 5. An infringement lawsuit still has to be first filed in a regional commercial court when does the IP Court step in? 6. Are the decisions given by the IP Court easily accepted? Russia: Two years of the Intellectual Property Court Operating in Moscow since July 2013, the Intellectual Property Court was expected to raise the level of professionalism in the resolution and adjudication of intellectual property disputes, increase transparency of the decision-making, and boost confidence in the Russian IP system among domestic and foreign IP owners. It acts as a court of first instance, reviews regulatory acts of the Federal Service for Intellectual Property (Rospatent) and decisions of the Federal Antimonopoly Service, and handles disputes over the ownership of IP rights and claims to invalidate the registration of IP rights (except copyright and related rights). In its second role as a cassation instance, the court reviews cases of IP rights infringement between legal entities and individual entrepreneurs. An infringement lawsuit still has to be first filed in a regional commercial court (called an arbitrazh court). Decisions of the first instance can be appealed to arbitrazh courts of appeal. The IP Court, with its 18 specialist judges, only steps in if a further appeal is permitted and filed; a panel of three judges will review the appealed decisions. As a court of first instance, in 2014 it received 783 appeals, 40% of which were accepted and led to the appealed decision being reversed or modified. There were 293 appeals of Rospatent’s decisions relating to grant or cancellation of exclusive rights (28% of the appeals accepted) and 435 claims to cancel a trademark on the grounds of non-use (the trademark being cancelled in 52% of the cases). It’s not very surprising that the majority of the claims in the IP Court concern trademarks, in particular cancellations of a trademark based on non-use. These cases seem to keep the IP Court quite busy. As for patents, there were only 31 requests filed by a patentee in 2014 to review a Rospatent decision to revoke a patent and in only four of those cases (13%) was the decision overruled by the IP Court. Allowing the possibility to appeal against Rospatent’s decisions to a competent independent body, the IP Court is no doubt a development for the better. Launching the IP Court and its web portal (http://ipc.arbitr.ru/) has also improved the transparency of official decision-making, as the decisions given by the IP Court can be easily accessed. The success rate in appeals seem to be similar for both domestic and foreign parties, which is a very encouraging sign for IP right owners, investors and importers from outside the CIS region. By Erik Goussev, Papula-Nevinpat (www.worldipreview) 24

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 11. Match the words to form collocations as they appear in the article. Translate them into Russian. 1. to raise

a) confidence in the Russian IP system

2. to increase

b) of intellectual property disputes

3. adjudication

c) the level of professionalism

4. to boost

d) transparency of the decision-making

5. the success rate

e) the appealed decisions

6. to invalidate

f) in appeals

7. cancellation

g) the IP Court quite busy

8. to review

h) the registration of IP rights

9. to keep

i) of exclusive rights

Exercise 12. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. ВОИС представляет собой глобальный форум, в рамках которого оказываются услуги и рассматриваются вопросы политики, сотрудничества и информации в области интеллектуальной собственности. ВОИС является самофинансируемым учреждением системы Организации Объединенных Наций и насчитывает 188 государств-членов. 2. ВОИС предлагает услуги для трансграничной охраны интеллектуальной собственности и внесудебного урегулирования споров, касающихся интеллектуальной собственности. Процедура урегулирования споров осуществляется в электронном формате и дает имеющее исковую силу решение в пределах всего лишь двух месяцев. 3. Международные услуги по альтернативному урегулированию споров позволяют урегулировать споры, касающиеся ИС, вне судов, в рамках одного нейтрального форума, что экономит немало времени и денег. 4. Суд по интеллектуальным правам в качестве суда первой инстанции рассматривает дела об оспаривании нормативных правовых актов федеральных органов исполнительной власти, затрагивающих права и законные интересы заявителя в области правовой охраны результатов интеллектуальной деятельности и средств индивидуализации, в том числе в сфере патентных прав и прав на селекционные достижения, права на топологии интегральных микросхем, права на секреты производства (ноу-хау), права на средства индивидуализации юридических лиц, товаров, работ, услуг и предприятий. 25

5. Суд по интеллектуальным правам в качестве суда кассационной инстанции рассматривает дела о защите интеллектуальных прав, рассмотренные арбитражными судами субъектов Российской Федерации по первой инстанции, арбитражными апелляционными судами. 6. Суд по интеллектуальным правам обращается в Конституционный Суд Российской Федерации с запросом о проверке конституционности закона, примененного или подлежащего применению в рассматриваемом им деле; изучает и обобщает судебную практику; подготавливает предложения по совершенствованию законов и иных нормативных правовых актов.

LISTENING Exercise 13. You are going to hear Mr. Rolf Claessen talking about WIPO. Listen and answer the questions. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y0ZwyNqKVzw 1. What is PCT? 2. What should one do to get trademark protection internationally? 3. What is Pororo?

Exercise 14. Listen to it once again and say what these numbers relate to. 3; 1967; 148; 30; 31; 97; 65; 4 mln.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 15. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

The WIPO Convention. The Paris Convention. The Bern Convention. The Madrid Agreement. The IP Court in the Russian Federation

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 16. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarise the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Предприниматель Козенцов обратился к патентному поверенному с просьбой оказать содействие в регистрации товарного знака. Ис26

ходя из задания Козенцева товарный знак должен получить охрану на территории Российской Федерации, Европейского союза и Китая, поскольку предприниматель планирует осуществлять внешнеэкономическую деятельность. (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум) 1. Какие действия необходимо выполнить, чтобы товарный знак получил международную правовую охрану? 2. Какими нормативными актами регулируется данная процедура? 3. Давайте консультацию от имени патентного поверенного.

Unit 3 COPYRIGHT LAW: RATIONALE OF COPYRIGHT. OBTAINING AND ENFORCING COPYRIGHT VOCABULARY embody in a tangible form of expression — воплощать в материальную форму copyright notice — знак охраны авторского права substantial similarity — существенное сходство derivative work — производная работа moral rights — личные неимущественные права right of publication — право на опубликование right of integrity — право на неприкосновенность произведения personality rights — личные неимущественные права right of privacy — право на сохранение конфиденциальности resale right — право вторичной продажи, право следования shop right — право нанимателя на служебное изобретение работника outright transfer — прямая передача earn return — получать прибыль be based on the material — быть выраженным в какой-либо материальной форме false attribution of authorship — незаконное присвоение авторства overlapping laws — частично пересекающиеся законы by operation of law — в силу закона within the scope of employment — в рамках трудовых отношений transferor — лицо, передающее право; цедент

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What is copyright? 2. What are the subjects of copyright? 3. What are the differences in subject matter of the Berne and Rome Conventions? 28

4. What does copyright protect? Copyright is a set of exclusive rights regulating the use of a particular expression of an idea or information. At its most general, it is literally “the right to copy” an original creation. In most cases, these rights are of limited duration. The symbol for copyright is ©, and in some jurisdictions may alternatively be written as either (c) or ©. Copyright may subsist in a wide range of creative, intellectual, or artistic forms or “works”. Literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works and films will be collectively referred to as “author works”, and sound recordings, broadcasts will be grouped as “media works”. Designs or industrial designs may have separate or overlapping laws applied to them in some jurisdictions. The distinction is derived from the international structure of copyright: the Berne Convention for literary and artistic productions, and the Rome Convention for sound recordings and broadcasts. The distinction rests on a number of points, of which the most important conceptually is the idea that the second group relies essentially on the operation of machinery and technology where the first depends upon one or more individuals as creator. Another element may be that the author works content is protected, whereas with media works it is media itself, or the signal, that is protected rather than the material embodied within it. So a song or music have author copyright, while the sound recordings and broadcasts containing them are purely media ones. Copyright is one of the laws covered by the umbrella term intellectual property. Copyright law covers only the form or manner in which ideas or information have been manifested, the “form of material expression”. It is not designed or intended to cover the actual ideas, concepts, facts, styles, or techniques which may be embodied in or represented by the copyright work. For example, the copyright which subsists in relation to a Mickey Mouse cartoon prohibits unauthorized parties from distributing copies of the cartoon or creating derivative works which copy or mimic Disney’s particular anthropomorphic mouse, but does not prohibit the creation of artistic works about anthropomorphic mice in general, so long as they are sufficiently different to not be deemed imitative of the original. In some jurisdictions, copyright law provides scope for satirical or interpretative works which themselves may be copyrighted. Other laws may impose legal restrictions on reproduction or use where copyright does not — such as trademarks and patents. Copyright laws are standardized through international conventions such as the Berne Convention in some countries and are required by international organizations such as the European Union or the World Trade Organization from their member states. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy) 29

Exercise 2. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate words and phrases. Say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. in force at creation; mutual recognition and enforcement; entitled to all copyrights; the copyright expires; rather than merely bilaterally; implement large parts of it; being treated equivalently 1. Under the Berne Convention, an author has to apply for a copyright in countries adhering to the Berne Convention. 2. An author is entitled to all copyrights in the fixed work until the copyright expires. 3. The principle of national treatment means that states enter into negotiations for the mutual recognition and enforcement of foreigners’ copyrights. 4. The Berne Convention enables the reproduction of literary and artistic works without the right holder’s prior permission. The Berne Convention The major problem which domestic legislation alone could not solve was unauthorised activity outside the UK. Copyright remained entirely limited to the territory in which it was granted, leaving authors and publishers unprotected beyond their home shores. As international markets for creative output began to take off in the course of the 19th century, so states began to enter into negotiations for the 1. … of foreigners’ copyrights. The 1886 Berne Convention first established recognition of copyrights among sovereign nations, 2. ... Under the Berne Convention, copyrights for creative works do not have to be asserted or declared, as they are automatically 3. … an author need not “register” or “apply for” a copyright in countries adhering to the Berne Convention. As soon as a work is “fixed”, that is, written or recorded on some physical medium, its author is automatically 4. … in the work, and to any derivative works unless and until the author explicitly disclaims them, or until the 5. …. This principle is called a focus on the author as the key figure in copyright. The Berne Convention also resulted in foreign authors 6. … to domestic authors, in any country signed onto the Convention — it’s the principle of national treatment. Another main feature of the Berne Convention is the possibility of exceptions to copyright, enabling the reproduction of literary and artistic works without the right holder’s prior permission. The UK signed the Berne Convention in 1887 but did not 7. ... it until 100 years later with the passage of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988. The USA did not sign the Berne Convention until 1989. 30

The regulations of the Berne Convention are incorporated into the World Trade Organization’s TRIPS agreement, thus making the Berne Convention practically world-wide. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. • • • • •

domestic legislation; unathorised activity; mutual recognition and enforcement of foreigners’ copyrights; be automatically in force at creation; disclaim the rights explicitly.

Exercise 4. Think of the differences between the words below, give their definitions and usein sentences of your own. to sign; to incorporate; to implement; to ratify.

LISTENING 1 Exercise 5. Listen to the first part of the text Rationale of copyright and interpret it sentence by sentence. Answer the question What made copyright develop in the early modern period? Exercise 6. Listen to the second part of the text and complete the extract. Compare common law and civil law concepts of what copyright is for. Rationale of copyright Despite the harmonising effects of the Berne Convention two major conceptualisations of the functions of copyright can still be identified in the world’s legal systems. The Anglo-American tradition emphasises the ___________ of copyright. Protection of ____________ against unauthorised acts of exploitation enables right holders either to go to art market with a product based on the material, or to grant others, by ______________ or, more typically, by licence, the right to do so for whatever seems an appropriate price. In the absense of 31

copyright, which would enable freeriding by would-be users, it is unlikely that producers of the material would earn any _________ for their work, and without that incentive production would dry up or slacken significantly. Copyright is thus essentially a response to ___________, a means by which socially beneficial activities can be made financially worthwhile for those engaging in them. It rests ultimately upon the general or public interest in having ideas, information and entertainment made ___________, and in rewarding those — publishers as well as the creators of the works — who perform this function in society in accordance with the public demand for their efforts. In contrast, the Civil Law tradition sees copyright as springing from the _____________ of the individual creator of the subject matter. This perception is reflected in the name ‘author-law’ given to the topic by the various Continental systems. Protection is given out of respect for the individual’s creative act of production, and extends beyond the merely economic to the so-called ‘moral rights’: __________ — the right to be identified as the creator of a work, ____________ — the right to object to derogatory of his work, artists’ _________________ — a right to a royalty on any sale of work that is a resale subsequent to the first tranfer of ownership by the author, _______________ of certain photographs and films, false attribution of authorship — not to have a work attributed to him. Copyright is thus rooted in protection of the individual personality and interests of the author as expressed in his work. Companies and organisations can not be creators. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

READING 2 Exercise 7. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What are the requirements for the work to be qualified for copyright? 2. How can a holder in the United States obtain and enforce his or her exclusive rights? 3. What are the benefits of registration of works? 4. What is a “work for hire”? 5. In what courts can holders enforce their copyrights? 6. What are criminal sanctions aimed at? Obtaining and enforcing copyright Typically, a work must meet minimal standards of originality in order to qualify for copyright, and the copyright expires after a set period of time (some jurisdictions may allow this to be extended). Different countries impose different tests, although generally the requirements are low; in the United Kingdom there has to be some ‘skill, originality and work’ which has gone into it. However even fairly trivial amounts of these qualities are sufficient for determining whether a particular act of 32

copying constitutes an infringement of the author’s original expression. In Australia and the United Kingdom it has been held that a single word is insufficient to comprise a copyright work. In the UK, however, single words or a string of words, usually less than eight, can be registered as a “Trade Mark” instead. In the United States, copyright has been made automatic (in the style of the Berne Convention) since March 1, 1989, which has had the effect of making it appear to be more like a property right. Thus, as with property, a copyright need not be granted or obtained through official registration with any government office. Once an idea has been reduced to tangible form, for example by securing it in a fixed medium (such as a drawing, sheet music, a photograph, a videotape or a letter), the copyright holder is entitled to enforce his or her exclusive rights. However while a copyright need not be officially registered for the copyright owner to begin exercising his exclusive rights, registration of works (where the laws of that jurisdiction provide for registration) does have benefits; it serves as prima facie evidence of a valid copyright and enables the copyright holder to seek statutory damages and attorney’s fees (whereas in the USA, for instance, registering after an infringement only enables one to receive actual damages and lost profits). The original holder of the copyright may be the employer of the actual author rather than the author himself if the work is a “work for hire”. Again, this principle is widespread; in English law the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 provides that where a work in which copyright subsists is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer which would be a “Work for Hire.” Copyrights are generally enforced by the holder in a civil law court, but there are also criminal infringement statutes. Criminal sanctions are generally aimed at serious counterfeiting activity, but are now becoming more commonplace as copyright collectives such as the RIAA* are, more and more, targeting the file sharing home Internet user. Thus far, however, most such cases against file sharers have been settled out of court for several thousands of dollars. *RIAA — The Recoding Industry Association of America. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 8. Match the concepts with their definitions and translate. exclusive right; derivative work; work for hire; creative work; jurisdiction; file sharing; prima facie; exclusive rights 1. Anglo-Saxon law; it is a de facto, non-tangible prerogative existing in law to perform an action or acquire a benefit and to permit or deny others the right to perform the same action or to acquire the same benefit. 33

2. In law, it is the practical authority granted to a formally constituted legal body or to a political leader to deal with and make pronouncements on legal matters and, by implication, to administer justice within a defined area of responsibility. 3. “On its first appearance”, or “by first instance”, and is used in modern legal English to signify a matter that appears on first examination to be selfevident from the facts. 4. It is an exception to the general rule that the person who actually creates a work is the legally-recognized author of that work. 5. It is a tangible manifestation of creative effort such as literature, paintings, software. 6. It is the practice of making files available for other users to download over the Internet and smaller networks. 7. It is an artistic creation that includes major, basic copyrighted aspects of an original, previously created first work.

Exercise 9. Translate from English into Russian focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. The issue was whether these parts of a larger work could by themselves constitute another work. 2. It was held that the three features were not, when taken in isolation, sufficiently separable from the remainder of the song as to be a musical work in their own right. Nor did they amount to a substantial part of ‘Forever After’ taken as a whole. 3. The works in question were excluded from copyright, not on the grounds of lack of merit, but on the grounds that they lacked the intellectual qualities of the categories under which copyright was claimed. 4. If a text is printed unaltered from a previous edition and the editorial matter consists of annotations and appendices, then, so long as these have independent value, there will be a new copyright, independent of that of the text, if any.

Exercise 10. Give English equivalents. Совокупность исключительных прав, знак охраны авторского права, промышленные образцы, создание пародий на произведения, предоставлять авторское право, результаты интеллектуальной деятельности, взаимное признание и применение авторских прав иностранных граждан, возникать в силу создания, приобретать материальную форму, заявлять об отказе от прав, национальный режим, положения конвенции, международная защита правообладателей, защита объекта авторского права, противоправное использование, выходить на рынок. 34

Exercise 11. Fill in the gaps with appropriate prepositions and translate the sentences. 1. Copyright may subsist … a wide range of creative, intellectual, or artistic forms or “works”. 2. Designs or industrial designs may have separate or overlapping laws applied … them in some jurisdictions. Other laws may impose legal restrictions … reproduction or use where copyright does not. 3. … the Berne Convention, copyrights for creative works do not have to be asserted or declared. 4. Copyrights for creative works are automatically in force at creation: an author need not “apply …” a copyright in countries adhering … the Berne Convention. 5. As soon as a work is “fixed” its author is automatically entitled … all copyrights in the work. 6. Isn’t it time that the talks resulted … a decision? 7. The Berne Convention also resulted … foreign authors being treated equivalently to domestic authors, in any country signed … the Convention. 8. A work must meet minimal standards of originality in order to qualify … copyright. 9. Criminal sanctions are generally aimed … serious counterfeiting activity.

Exercise 12. Translate from Russian into English. 1. Авторское право распространяется на произведения науки, литературы и искусства, являющиеся результатом творческой деятельности, независимо от назначения и достоинства произведения, а также способа его выражения. 2. Авторское право на произведение не связано с правом собственности на материальный объект, в котором произведение выражено. 3. Объектами авторского права являются литературные произведения, аудиовизуальные произведения, музыкальные произведения и т. д. 4. Авторское право на произведения науки, литературы и искусства возникает в силу факта его создания. 5. Для оповещения о своих правах обладатель исключительных авторских прав вправе использовать знак охраны авторского права, который помещается на каждом экземпляре произведения. 6. Объекты авторского права — это объекты, для которых приоритетное значение имеет форма результата, так как они не могут быть созданы повторно. Созданные уникальные произведения охраняет сама их форма, поэтому им не нужна специальная регистрация или иное специальное оформление. 35

SPEAKING Exercise 13. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Что понимается под авторским правом? Copyright covers works of the sciences, literature, and the arts that are the result of creative activity. Copyright is a set of exclusive rights regulating the use of a particular expression of an idea or information. Какую форму называют «объективной»? An ‘objective form’ is any realization of a work such that it can be perceived by others in any way. На какие произведения распространяется авторское право? Copyright may subsist in a wide range of creative, intellectual, or artistic forms. These include poems, theses, plays, and other literary works, movies, choreographic works, musical compositions, audio recordings, paintings, drawings, sculptures, photographs, software, radio and television broadcasts of live and other performances, and, in some jurisdictions, industrial designs. Каким работам предоставляется авторская защита? Copyright law covers only the form or manner in which ideas or information have been manifested, the “form of material expression”. Почему авторское право запрещает несанкционированное распространение копий мультфильмов или производных работ о Микки Маусе? The copyright which subsists in relation to a Mickey Mouse cartoon prohibits unauthorized parties from distributing copies of the cartoon or creating derivative works which copy Disney’s particular anthropomorphic mouse, but does not prohibit the creation of artistic works about anthropomorphic mice in general, so long as they are sufficiently different to not be deemed imitative of the original. Каким образом реализуется авторское право в соответствии с Бернской Конвенцией? Under the Berne Convention, copyrights for creative works do not have to be asserted, as they are automatically in force at creation: an author need not “register” or “apply for” a copyright in countries adhering to the Berne Convention. Какие другие принципы Бернской Конвенции Вам известны? The other main features of Berne Convention are the principle of national treatment and the possibility of exceptions to copyright, enabling the reproduction of literary and artistic works without the right holder’s prior permission. Когда автор может считать, что у него возникли авторские права на созданное произведение? As soon as a work is “fixed”, that is, written or recorded on some physical medium, its author is automatically entitled to all copyrights in the work, 36

and to any derivative works unless and until the author explicitly disclaims them, or until the copyright expires. Какие работы могут претендовать на авторское право в Великобритании? In the United Kingdom there has to be some ‘skill, originality and work’ which has gone into it. In the United Kingdom it has been held that a single word is insufficient to comprise a copyright work. In the UK, however, single words or a string of words, usually less than eight, can be registered as a “Trade Mark” instead. Каким образом обладатель авторского права получает свои права? Once an idea has been reduced to tangible form, for example by securing it in a fixed medium (such as a drawing, sheet music, a photograph, a videotape or a letter), the copyright holder is entitled to enforce his or her exclusive rights. Почему регистрация работ все же имеет свои преимущества? While a copyright need not be officially registered for the copyright owner to begin exercising his exclusive rights, registration of works (where the laws of that jurisdiction provide for registration) does have benefits; it serves as prima facie evidence of a valid copyright and enables the copyright holder to seek statutory damages and attorney’s fees. Whereas in the USA, for instance, registering after an infringement only enables one to receive actual damages and lost profits. Что означает выражение «работа по найму»? Не могли бы вы привести пример? The original holder of the copyright may be the employer of the actual author rather than the author himself if the work is a “work for hire”. Again, this principle is widespread; in English law the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 provides that where a work in which copyright subsists is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer which would be a “Work for Hire”. Предусматривается ли уголовное наказание за нарушение авторских прав? Copyrights are generally enforced by the holder in a civil law court, but there are also criminal infringement statutes. Criminal sanctions are generally aimed at serious counterfeiting activity, but are now becoming more commonplace as copyright collectives such as the RIAA are, more and more, targeting the file sharing home Internet user.

LISTENING 2 Exercise 14. Listen to the lecture on the basics of copyright in the United States and answer the questions. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tamoj84j64I&list=PL8dPuuaLjXt MwV2btpcij8S3YohW9gUGN&index=2 37

1. What types of works are eligible for copyright protection? 2. What does “originality” mean in the context of copyright? 3. Why is the bar for creativity low? 4. Why is the list of copyrightable works vague on purpose? 5. What is the requirement for the works to be considered bona fide writings in the constitutional sense? 6. Are facts alone copyrightable? Why not? 7. What is the only limit to the rule that ownership initially goes to the author? 8. What is a “work for hire”?

PROJECT WORK Exercise 15. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Copyright and the Internet. 2. Copyright protection in the European Union. 3. Plagiarism in scientific research and publications.

REVISION Exercise 16. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1265. Authorship’s right and Статья 1265. Право авторства author’s right to name и право автора на имя 1. The authorship’s right — right to be recognized as the author of work and author’s right to name — right to use or permit use of work under his name, under false name (pseudonym) or without name’s indication, that is anonymously, are inalienable and non-transferable, in particular in passing to the other person or transferring to him the exclusive right to work and in granting the other person the right to use work. The rejection of these rights is null and void.

1. Право авторства — право признаваться автором произведения и право автора на имя — право использовать или разрешать использование произведения под своим именем, под вымышленным именем (псевдонимом) или без указания имени, то есть анонимно, неотчуждаемы и непередаваемы, в том числе при передаче другому лицу или переходе к нему исключительного права на произведение и при предоставлении другому лицу права использования произведения. Отказ от этих прав ничтожен. 38

2. In publishing work anonymously or under pseudonym (except for the cases when the author’s pseudonym has no doubts in his personality) the publisher (clause 1 article 1287), whose name or designation is indicated on the work, in absence of evidence of the other fact, is considered the author’s representative and in this respect has the right to protect the author’s name and provide their fulfillment. This provision is valid until the author of such work does not disclose his personality and declare about his authorship.

2. При опубликовании произведения анонимно или под псевдонимом (за исключением случая, когда псевдоним автора не оставляет сомнения в его личности) издатель (п. 1 ст. 1287), имя или наименование которого указано на произведении, при отсутствии доказательств иного считается представителем автора и в этом качестве имеет право защищать права автора и обеспечивать их осуществление. Это положение действует до тех пор, пока автор такого произведения не раскроет свою личность и не заявит о своем авторстве.

Article 1266. Right to work’s inviolability and protection of work from distortions

Статья 1266. Право на неприкосновенность произведения и защита произведения от искажений

1. It is not permitted without the author’s consent to make changes, abbreviations and amendments to his work, use illustrations, preface, afterword, comments or whatever explanations (right to work’s inviolability). While using the work after the author’s death the person, possessing the exclusive right to work, has the right to permit making changes, abbreviations or amendments to work on condition that the author’s conception is not distorted and integrity of the work’s perception is not violated and this does not conflict with the author’s will, explicitly expressed by him in will, diaries or other written form.

1. Не допускается без согласия автора внесение в его произведение изменений, сокращений и дополнений, снабжение произведения при его использовании иллюстрациями, предисловием, послесловием, комментариями или какими бы то ни было пояснениями (право на неприкосновенность произведения). При использовании произведения после смерти автора лицо, обладающее исключительным правом на произведение, вправе разрешить внесение в произведение изменений, сокращений или дополнений при условии, что этим не искажается замысел автора и не нарушается целост ность восприятия произведения

39

и это не противоречит воле автора, определенно выраженной им в завещании, письмах, дневниках или иной письменной форме. 2. Misinterpretation, distortion or other change of work, discrediting the author’s honor, dignity or business reputation, as well as infringement of such actions, give the author the right to demand protection of his honor, dignity or business reputation in accordance with rules of article 152 of the present Code. In these cases upon the request of interested persons the protection of the author’s honor and dignity also after his death is permitted.

2. Извращение, искажение или иное изменение произведения, порочащие честь, достоинство или деловую репутацию автора, равно как и посягательство на такие действия, дают автору право требовать защиты его чести, достоинства или деловой репутации в соответствии с правилами ст. 152 настоящего Кодекса. В этих случаях по требованию заинтересованных лиц допускается защита чести и достоинства автора и после его смерти.

Article 1295. Official work

Статья 1295. Служебное произведение

1. The copyrights to work of science, literature or art, created within the limits of official duties (official work), established for the employee (author), belong to the author.

1. Авторские права на произведение науки, литературы или искусства, созданное в пределах установленных для работника (автора) трудовых обязанностей (служебное произведение), принадлежат автору.

2. The exclusive right to official work belong to the employer, unless otherwise is provided by the labor or other contract between the employer and employee. Unless the employer within three years from the day, when the official work was presented at his disposal, starts using this work, transfers the exclusive right to it to the other person or informs the author of keeping the work in If the employer within the term,

2. Исключительное право на служебное произведение принадлежит работодателю, если трудовым или гражданско-правовым договором между работодателем и автором не предусмотрено иное. Если работодатель в течение трех лет со дня, когда служебное произведение было предоставлено в его распоряжение, не начнет использование этого произведения, не передаст исключительное право на него

40

provided in paragraph two of the present clause, starts using official work or transfers the exclusive right to the other person, the author is entitled to reward. The author also acquires the mentioned right to reward when the employer has taken the decision to keep official work in secret and by this reason has not started using this work in the mentioned term. The amount of reward, conditions and procedure of its payment by the employer are determined by the contract between him and employee, and in case of dispute — by court.

другому лицу или не сообщит автору о сохранении произведения в тайне, исключительное право на служебное произведение возвращается автору. Если работодатель в срок, предусмотренный в абзаце втором настоящего пункта, начнет использование служебного произведения или передаст исключительное право другому лицу, автор имеет право на вознаграждение. Автор приобретает указанное право на вознаграждение и в случае, когда работодатель принял решение о сохранении служебного произведения в тайне и по этой причине не начал использование этого произведения в указанный срок. Размер вознаграждения, условия и порядок его выплаты работодателем определяются договором между ним и работником, а в случае спора — судом. Право на вознаграждение за служебное произведение неотчуждаемо и не переходит по наследству, однако права автора по договору, заключенному им с работодателем, и не полученные автором доходы переходят к наследникам.

3. When in accordance with clause 2 of the present article the exclusive right to official work belongs to the author, the employer is entitled to use such work by the methods, stipulated by the purpose of official task, and within the limits, resulting from the task, as well as publish such work, unless otherwise is

3. В случае, если в соответствии с п. 2 настоящей статьи исключительное право на служебное произведение принадлежит автору, работодатель имеет право использования соответствующего служебного произведения на условиях простой (неисключительной) лицензии с выплатой

41

provided by the contract between him and employee. At that the author’s right to use official work by the method, not stipulated by the purpose of official task, as well as at least by the method, stipulated by the purpose of official task, but beyond the limits, resulting from the employer’s task, is not restricted. The employer can indicate his name or designation while using official work or demand such indication.

правообладателю вознаграждения. Пределы использования служебного произведения, размер, условия и порядок выплаты вознаграждения определяются договором между работодателем и автором, а в случае спора — судом.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 17. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. В издательство «Вектор» поступила рукопись детективного романа. Автором романа являлся Седин, который скрывал свое подлинное имя под псевдонимом. Редактору издания роман понравился, и после корректорских правок он был опубликован. Через некоторое время выяснилось, что роман был опубликован еще одним издательством. Как оказалось, Седин своего разрешения на публикацию не давал. Издательство «Вектор» обратилось в суд за защитой авторских прав. Для рассмотрения дела по существу потребовалась информация об авторе произведения. Но Седин свою личность раскрыть отказался, посчитав, что при раскрытии подлинного имени потеряют коммерческую ценность другие произведения, подготовленные к изданию. (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум) 1. Как должен поступить суд в таком случае? 2. Что такое псевдоним? 3. Может ли автор, опубликовавший свое произведение под псевдонимом, не раскрывать свою личность в случае спора об авторстве или защиты исключительных прав?

Unit 4 COPYRIGHT LAW: MORAL AND ECONOMIC RIGHTS VOCABULARY economic rights — права собственности, имущественное право exercise exclusive rights — использовать исключительные права exercise attendant rights — использовать смежные права exploit copyright — использовать, применять авторское право moral right — личное неимущественное право paternity right(right of attribution) — право на авторство inalienability — неотчуждаемость, неотъемлемость resale right — право вторичной продажи, право следования reproduction right — право на воспроизведение lending right — право публичного проката first sale or distribution right — право первой продажи / право на распространение public performance right — право на публичное исполнение public communication right — право на обнародование, право на публичный показ adaptation right — право на адаптацию primary infringement — первичное нарушение исключительных прав secondary infringement — вторичное нарушение исключительных прав derogatory treatment — непочтительное, умаляющее достоинство обращение fair use (fair dealing) — добросовестное использование related (attendant, neighbouring) rights — смежные права assert a right — заявлять о праве

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. In what way do economic rights differ from moral rights? 2. What two major moral rights are recognized by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988? 43

3. What does ‘inalienability’ mean? 4. What major exclusive economic rights arise from ownership of the copyright? 5. Why do resale rights occupy the position between the economic and moral rights? 6. Why are the primary restricted acts so important for the copyright owner? Moral rights. The Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 recognized two major moral rights: 1) paternity (the right to be identified as author of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or as director of a copyright film); and 2) integrity (the right of such authors and directors to prevent derogatory treatment of their work). The rights belong to the author/director, and cannot be alienated, although on death they are transmitted as part of the decedent estate. Inalienability means that these rights cannot be the subject of commerce in themselves; but under UK law, they may be waived, albeit this requires writing. Further, the paternity right must be ‘asserted’ before it can apply, and it is not generally available to authors whose works are created in the course of employment. Economic rights: The rights to be considered are known as economic rights, because unlike the moral rights, they may be exploited by transferring them to others or licensing others to use them for a price. The Berne Convention recognizes transferable economic rights enabling copyright owners to control the following activities in relation to their works: • translation • reproduction • public performance and communication of dramatic and musical works • broadcasting • adaptation Economic rights are so known because it is essentially through these rights that copyright can become a source of income for its owner, by selling them or licensing others to perform the acts restricted by the rights. Moral rights, on the other hand, cannot be transferred to persons other than the author of the work, and are essentially linked to the author’s interests in the work as an expression of an individual’s personality. Resale rights admittedly occupy something of a middle ground between the economic and moral rights, in that through them the author earns an income; but this is entirely contingent on the activities of others over which the author has no control. Primary restricted acts There are now six major exclusive economic rights arising from ownership of the copyright in any protected work. The restricted acts for which a licence must be sought if they are to be lawfully carried out by a person other than the copyright owner may be listed as follows: 44

• • • •

copying (reproduction right) issuing copies of the work to the public (first sale or distribution right) renting or lending the work to the public (rental/lending right) performing, showing or playing the work in public (public performance right) • communicating the work to the public (public communication right) • making an adaptation of the work (adaptation right) The restricted acts may be described as methods of reproducing the work. Defining their scope is important for the copyright owner in two main ways: first, in determining the areas in which generally his license must be sought by others wishing to use the work, and, second, in deciding when action may be taken in respect of infringement of copyright. In addition, a person who without right to do so authorizes another to do any of the restricted acts is himself an infringer as well. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 2. Read the text more closely and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. The paternity right is not generally available to authors whose works are created in the course of employment. 2. Moral rights, unlike the economic rights, may be exploited by transferring them to others or licensing others to use them for a price. 3. Economic rights can not be transferred to persons other than the author of the work, and are essentially linked to the author’s interests in the work as an expression of an individual’s personality. 4. The restricted acts may be described as ways of reproducing the work.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Match these concepts from the text with their definitions and find Russian equivalents. 1. paternity right

a) the right to show or play the work in public

2. integrity right

b) the right to issue copies of the work to the public

3. first sale/distribution right

c) the right of authors to prevent derogatory treatment 45

4. reproduction right

d) the right to communicate the work to the public

5. public communication right e) the right to copy 6. public performance right

f) the right to be identified as author of a literal, dramatic, musical or artistic work

READING 2 Exercise 4. Read the text and answer the question What is the difference between primary and secondary infringement of copyright? Translate the text. Dealing in infringing copies of a work — e.g. selling, importing or exporting copies made without the licence of the copyright owner — may be an infringement of copyright. This type of infringement is termed secondary infringement in contrast with the primary infringements constituted by the six restricted acts listed above. It is unlikely that a copyright owner will grant licences to deal in infringing copies, and the nature of the infringement is distinct in various other ways, in particular in requiring that the infringer should know or have reason to believe that he was dealing in infringing copies. There is nothing comparable in respect of the primary infringements, as unauthorized performances of the restricted acts will henceforth be called. With them liability is strict and not dependent on the knowledge or fault of the infringer.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 5. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate phrases. Interpret the text into Russian. issuing to the public; adaptation of a work; the right of first sale or of distribution; the publication right; the issue to the public; adaptation (2). 1. … is a form of infringement distinct from copying, applying only to literary, dramatic and musical works. 2. … is given a restricted meaning — it covers dramatizations and translations, for example — and it is specifically provided that no inference as to what does or does not amount to copying a work should be drawn from the definition of 3. … There may well be overlap, but copying is wider in scope. 46

4. … of the original work or of copies of the work without the authority of the copyright owner is an infringement of the copyright 5. … means: ‘putting into circulation copies not previously put into circulation on the European Economic Area by or with the consent of the copyright owner, or putting into circulation outside the EEA copies not previously put into circulation in the EEA or elsewhere’. Specifically excluded from the definition is any subsequent distribution, sale, hiring or loan of such copies, or any subsequent importation of those copies into the UK or another EEA state. In other words, the owner has the right to be first to produce copies of the copyright work to be available to the public, whether in the form of books, posters, records, videos or whatever. The right is therefore sometimes described as the 6. … Only the copyright owner or his licensee can put a new reproduction of the work on the market. 7. … exists only as far as, or is exhausted by, the initial sale, however. So the second-hand bookseller does not require copyright licences in order to carry on business. Generally, of course, the author will exercise the right by the grant of a licence to a commercial publisher, because it is the latter’s business to put material into public circulation. Once the publisher has put copies of the work on the market, these may be dealt with freely, and no subsequent sale or other dealing with those copies can be an infringement of copyright. Those who subsequently issue other copies of the work without consent also do not infringe under this heading, because they are not trespassing on the owner’s very limited right under this first sale provision. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

READING 3 Exercise 6. Read through the text and answer the questions. Interpret the text into Russian. 1. 2. 3. 4.

What does ‘issuing to the public’ mean? How does ‘lending’ differ from ‘rental’? What are the key points on public communication right? What are the differences between ‘broadcasting’ and ‘making available’?

Issuing to the public — the right is to be the first to sell or otherwise distribute copies of a work to the public; — a typical example is when an author licenses a publisher to publish his book; — the right does not reach second or subsequent sales: it is exhausted by the first transaction. 47

Rental is making a copy of a work available for use, on terms that it will or may be returned, for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage. The typical scenario where the right applies is that of a business or other organization which has purchased authorized copies of the works in question; in order to engage in the business of rental of these copies to customers requires a licence from the copyright owner. Lending right is defined similarly to rental, save that the restricted act is one performed otherwise than for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage, and is carried out through an establishment which is accessible to the public. Libraries and archives other than public libraries, which are not conducted for profit and are prescribed as such by the Secretary of State also do not infringe copyright by lending any copy of a work. The power lending right gives copyright owners is subject to further control inasmuch as the Secretary of State may, by order, provide that lending to the public shall be treated as licensed by the copyright owner subject only to the payment of such reasonable royalty as may be agreed or fixed by the Copyright Tribunal. The public communication right is concerned with electronic transmission of works to the public; the right covers broadcasting and Internet transmission of works; the right covers both transmissions where the transmitter decides when the transmission takes place and those where the recipient decides. Public communication includes: 1) broadcasting the work (electronic transmission of visual images, sounds or other information, transmitted for simultaneous reception by members of the public, capable of being lawfully received by members of the public). 2) making available to the public of the work by electronic transmission in such a way that members of the public may access it from a place and at a time individually chosen by them. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 7. Translate the sentences from English into Russian focusing on ‘rather than’. 1. Copyright in general always expires at the end of the year concerned, rather than on the exact date of the author’s death. 2. The question depends on the conduct of the parties, on their words and behavior, rather than on their thoughts. 3. Copyright is often called a “negative right”, as it serves to prohibit people (e.g. readers, viewers, or listeners, and primarily publishers and would be publishers) from doing something, rather than permitting people (e.g. authors) to do something. 48

READING 4 Exercise 8. Read though the text and translate it focusing on the Infinitives. Summarize the text making use of the phrases. The author of the text analyses the nature; the text provides useful information.., focuses on.., explains…, points out…; on reading the text we realize that ... The phrase “exclusive right” means that only the copyright holder is free to exercise the attendant rights and others are prohibited from using the work without the consent of the copyright holder. There is debate on whether copyright should be considered a property right or a moral right. Many argue that copyright does not exist merely to restrict third parties in publishing ideas and information, and that defining copyright purely as a negative right is incompatible with the public policy objective of encouraging authors to create new works and enrich the public domain. A copyright covers the expression of an idea, not the idea itself — this is called the idea/expression or fact/expression dichotomy. For example, if a writer has a general concept or idea for a television program, a copyright of that “idea” does not prohibit other writers from creating the same general idea for a project. However, if the writer develops the idea to a point of detailed and specific aspects and storylines of the show, then that specific expression of the idea is copyrighted. Many writers will seek electronic proof-of-creation for their developed ideas. Once a writer secures their copyright or registration with one of these services, they must then take care to track all exposure with documentation, either via fax, certified mail, or electronic proof of submission. In some cases, ideas may be capable of intelligible expression in only one or a limited number of ways. Therefore even the expression in these circumstances is covered. In the United States this is known as the merger doctrine, because the expression is considered to be inextricably merged with the idea. Merger is often pleaded as an affirmative defense to charges of infringement. That doctrine is not necessarily accepted in other jurisdictions. Copyright may also be licensed. Some jurisdictions may provide that certain classes of copyrighted works be made available under a prescribed statutory license (e.g. musical works in the United States used for radio broadcast or performance). This is also called a compulsory license, because under this scheme, anyone who wishes to copy a covered work does not need the permission of the copyright holder, but instead merely files the proper notice and pays a set fee established by statute for every copy made. Failure to follow the proper procedures would place the copier at risk of an infringement suit. Because of the difficulty of following every individual work, copyright collective or collecting societies and performing rights organizations have been formed to collect royalties for hundreds (thousands and more) works at once. Though this 49

market solution bypasses the statutory license, the availability of the statutory fee still helps dictate the price per work collective rights organizations charge, driving it down to what avoidance of procedural hassle would justify. Copyright does not prohibit all copying or replication. In the United States, the fair use doctrine, codified by the Copyright Act of 1976, permits some copying and distribution without permission of the copyright holder or payment to the latter. The statute does not clearly define fair use, but instead gives four non-exclusive factors to consider in a fair use analysis. Those factors are: the purpose and character of your use; the nature of the copyrighted work; what amount and proportion of the whole work was taken, and the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work. In the United Kingdom and many other Commonwealth countries, a similar notion of fair dealing was established by the courts or through legislation. The concept is sometimes not well defined; however in Canada, private copying for personal use has been expressly permitted by statute since 1999. In Australia, the fair dealing exceptions under the Copyright Act 1968 are a limited set of circumstances under which the copyright material can be legally copied or adapted without the copyright holder’s consent. Under current Australian law it is still a breach of copyright to copy, reproduce or adapt the copyright material for personal or private use without permission from the copyright owner. Other technical exemptions from infringement may also apply, such as the temporary reproduction of a work in the machine readable form for a computer. Later acts amended US Copyright law so that for certain purposes making 10 copies or more is construed to be commercial, but there is no general rule permitting such copying. Indeed making one complete copy of a work, or in many cases using a portion of it, for commercial purposes will not be considered fair use. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act prohibits the manufacture, importation, or distribution of devices whose intended use, or only significant commercial use, is to bypass an access or copy control put in place by a copyright owner. An appellate court has held that fair use is not a defense to engaging in such distribution. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 9. Match the words to form collocations as they appear in the article. Translate them into Russian. 1. intelligible

a) readable

2. machine

b) societies 50

3. fair

c) rights

4. collecting

d) hassle

5. procedural

e) expression

6. attendant

f) dealing

Exercise 10. Discuss in pairs and explain the following concepts in your own words. • • • • •

exclusive right; idea/expression or fact/expression dichotomy; the merger doctrine; collecting societies; the fair use doctrine (USA)/fair dealing (UK).

Exercise 11. Give English equivalents. Право на адаптацию; первичное нарушение исключительных прав; исчерпывание прав; право на воспроизведение; доказательство создания; понятное выражение; право вторичной продажи, право следования; инкассирующее агентство (посредник в сборе любых платежей); использовать (исключительные, смежные) права; использовать, применять авторское право; добросовестное использование; право на воспроизведение; не принимать во внимание, обходить; право на обнародование, право на публичный показ; быть неразрывно связанным; права собственности, имущественное право; вторичное нарушение исключительных прав.

Exercise 12. Give Russian equivalents. Moral right; inalienability; hassle; public performance right; paternity right (right of attribution); first sale or distribution right; fair use (fair dealing); related (attendant, neighbouring) rights; assert a right; idea/expression or fact/expression dichotomy; public communication right; merger doctrine (USA); derogatory treatment; affirmative defense; exhaustion (expiration) of rights; statutory or compulsory license.

Exercise 13. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. Разграничение правовых институтов, входящих в состав исключительных прав, зависит от того, что служит главным основанием для предоставления охраны. Если результатом творческой деятельности является форма, то охрана осуществляется с помощью авторского пра51

ва, а если содержание — используется патентное право. Традиционно это две основные ветви исключительных прав. 2. Авторское право предоставляет авторам и иным творцам интеллектуальных произведений определенные полномочия, позволяющие им разрешать или запрещать в течение определенного ограниченного периода времени те или иные виды использования их произведений. 3. Охрана прав авторов не должна препятствовать использованию их произведений в целях образования и просвещения или служить помехой в стремлении самой широкой аудитории читателей, зрителей, слушателей знакомиться с ними. Таким образом, с помощью авторского права создаются условия для широкого использования произведений в интересах общества. 4. Принципом авторского права является сочетание личных интересов автора с интересами общества. Общеизвестно, что в основе авторского права лежит признание за автором монопольного права на использование созданного им произведения. 5. Одним из принципов российского авторского права является положение о неотчуждаемости личных неимущественных прав автора. Это одно из существенных отличий российского авторского права от авторского права зарубежных стран. 6. Закон устанавливает несколько видов личных неимущественных прав на результаты интеллектуальной деятельности: неотчуждаемость от автора (независимо от наличия имущественных прав), непередаваемость (ни по договору, ни по наследству, ни путем каких-либо форм добровольной передачи), бессрочность действия и охраны, право автора, право на имя, право на обнародование, право на отзыв, право на защиту репутации автора. 7. По российскому авторскому законодательству личные неимущественные права автора (право авторства, право на имя и другие) не могут перейти к другим лицам, даже если сам автор и выразил на это свое согласие. Подобное соглашение не будет иметь юридической силы и является недействительным. 8. Даже в тех случаях, когда произведение создано в порядке выполнения служебного задания, личные неимущественные права сохраняются за автором и должны быть во всех случаях обеспечены. 9. Имущественные права автора могут передаваться другим лицам по авторскому договору, в порядке наследования, а также в силу закона (свободное использование произведения). 10. Право публичного проката — это гарантированное право авторов и издателей на получение авторского вознаграждения — денежной компенсации в случаях свободного использования их произведений в библиотеках. 52

LISTENING Exercise 14. You are going to hear Dr Raman Mittal from India talking about moral and economic rights. Listen and answer the questions. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yKquoH9SHGE 1. What is the general nature of copyrights? 2. Why is copyright considered to be a negative right? 3. Who do economic/moral rights belong to? 4. What economic rights are mentioned by Dr. Mittal? Tell a few words about each of them. 5. What are the author’s special rights?

PROJECT WORK Exercise 15. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Moral and economic rights in Common Law. 2. Moral and economic rights protection in the European Union. 3. Property (exclusive) and non-property (moral) rights of the author provided by the Civil Code of the RF. 4. Copyright protection in public libraries and state archives in the RF and worldwide.

REVISION Exercise 16. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1228. Author of the result of intellectual activity

Статья 1228. Автор результата интеллектуальной деятельности

1. The citizen, by whose creative labour such result is created, is considered the author of the result of intellectual activity. The citizens who have not made personal creative contribution in creating such result, in particular rendered its author only technical,

1. Автором результата интеллектуальной деятельности признается гражданин, творческим трудом которого создан такой результат. Не признаются авторами результата интеллектуальной деятельности граждане, не внесшие личного творческого вклада

53

advisory, organizational or financial assistance or help or only assisted to register rights to such result or its use, as well as citizens, exercising control for executing corresponding work, are not considered authors of the result of intellectual activity.

в создание такого результата, в том числе оказавшие его автору только техническое, консультационное, организационное или материальное содействие или помощь либо только способствовавшие оформлению прав на такой результат или его использованию, а также граждане, осуществлявшие контроль за выполнением соответствующих работ.

2. The right of authorship belongs to the author of the result of intellectual activity, and in the cases, provided by the present Code, right to name and other personal non-property rights. The right of authorship, right to name and other personal nonproperty rights of the author are inalienable and non-transferable. The rejection of these rights is null. The authorship and author’s name are protected by law. After the author’s death any interested person can protect his authorship, except for the cases, provided by clause 2 article 1267 and clause 2 article 1316 of the present Code.

2. Автору результата интеллектуальной деятельности принадлежит право авторства, а в случаях, предусмотренных настоящим «Кодексом», право на имя и иные личные неимущественные права. Право авторства, право на имя и иные личные неимущественные права автора неотчуждаемы и непередаваемы. Отказ от этих прав ничтожен. Авторство и имя автора охраняются бессрочно. После смерти автора защиту его авторства и имени может осуществлять любое заинтересованное лицо, за исключением случаев, предусмотренных п. 2 ст. 1267 и п. 2 ст. 1316 настоящего Кодекса.

3. The exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity, created by creative labour, initially arises with its author. This right can be transferred by the author to the other person according to the contract, as well as can be transferred to other persons by other grounds, established by law.

3. Исключительное право на результат интеллектуальной деятельности, созданный творческим трудом, первоначально возникает у его автора. Это право может быть передано автором другому лицу по договору, а также может перейти к другим лицам по иным основаниям, установленным «законом». 54

4. The rights to the result of intellectual activity, created by the joint creative labour of two and more citizens (co-authorship), belong to co-authors jointly.

4. Права на результат интеллектуальной деятельности, созданный совместным творческим трудом двух и более граждан (соавторство), принадлежат соавторам совместно.

Article 1229. Exclusive right

Статья 1229. Исключительное право

1. The citizen or legal person, possessing the exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization (rightholder), have the right to use such result or such method at their discretion by any way not conflicting with law. The rightholder can dispose of the exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization (article 1233), unless otherwise is provided by the present Code. The rightholder at his discretion can permit or prohibit other persons to use the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization. The absence of prohibition is not considered as agreement (permission). Other persons cannot use the corresponding result of intellectual activity or method of individualization without the rightholder’s consent, except for the cases, provided by the present Code. The use of the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization (including their use by the ways, provided by the present Code), if such use is exercised without the rightholder’s consent, is illegal and entails responsibility, established by the

1. Гражданин или юридическое лицо, обладающие исключительным правом на результат интеллектуальной деятельности или на средство индивидуализации (правообладатель), вправе использовать такой результат или такое средство по своему усмотрению любым не противоречащим закону способом. Правообладатель может распоряжаться исключительным правом на результат интеллектуальной деятельности или на средство индивидуализации (ст. 1233), если настоящим Кодексом не предусмотрено иное. Правообладатель может по своему усмотрению разрешать или запрещать другим лицам использование результата интеллектуальной деятельности или средства индивидуализации. Отсутствие запрета не считается согласием (разрешением). Другие лица не могут использовать соответствующие результат интеллектуальной деятельности или средство индивидуализации без согласия правообладателя, за исключением случаев, предусмотренных настоящим Кодексом. Использование результата интеллектуальной деятельности

55

present Code, other laws, except for the cases when the use of the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization by the persons other than the rightholder without his consent is permitted by the present Code.

или средства индивидуализации (в том числе их использование способами, предусмотренными настоящим Кодексом), если такое использование осуществляется без согласия правообладателя, является незаконным и влечет ответственность, установленную настоящим Кодексом, другими законами, за исключением случаев, когда использование результата интеллектуальной деятельности или средства индивидуализации лицами иными, чем правообладатель, без его согласия допускается настоящим Кодексом.

2. The exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization (except for the exclusive right to firm name) can belong to one person or several persons jointly.

2. Исключительное право на результат интеллектуальной деятельности или на средство индивидуализации (кроме исключительного права на фирменное наименование) может принадлежать одному лицу или нескольким лицам совместно.

3. When the exclusive right to the result of intellectual activity or method of individualization belongs to several persons jointly, each rightholder can use such result or such method at his discretion, unless otherwise is provided by the present Code or agreement between rightholders. The interrelations of persons, whom the exclusive right jointly belongs, are determined by the agreement between them.

3. В случае, когда исключительное право на результат интеллектуальной деятельности или на средство индивидуализации принадлежит нескольким лицам совместно, каждый из правообладателей может использовать такой результат или такое средство по своему усмотрению, если настоящим Кодексом или соглашением между правообладателями не предусмотрено иное. Взаимоотношения лиц, которым исключительное право принадлежит совместно, определяются соглашением между ними. 56

Article 1274. Free use of work in informational, scientific, educational or cultural purposes

Статья 1274. Свободное использование произведения в информационных, научных, учебных или культурных целях

1. The following are permitted without the author’s consent or other rightholder and without paying reward, but with obligatory indication of the author’s name, whose work is used, and source of adoption: 1) citing in the original or translation in scientific, controversial, critical or informational purposes of legally published works in the volume, justified by the purpose of citing, including reproduction of extracts from newspaper and journal articles in the form of press reviews;

1. Допускается без согласия автора или иного правообладателя и без выплаты вознаграждения, но с обязательным указанием имени автора, произведение которого используется, и источника заимствования: 1) цитирование в оригинале и в переводе в научных, полемических, критических, информационных, учебных целях, в целях раскрытия творческого замысла автора правомерно обнародованных произведений в объеме, оправданном целью цитирования, включая воспроизведение отрывков из газетных и журнальных статей в форме обзоров печати; 2) use of legally published 2) использование правомерно works and extracts from them as обнародованных произведений illustrations in editions, radioи отрывков из них в качестве and telecasts, sound- and videoиллюстраций в изданиях, раrecordings of educational nature дио- и телепередачах, звукоin the volume, justified by the set и видеозаписях учебного хаpurpose; рактера в объеме, оправданном поставленной целью; 3) reproduction in press, 3) воспроизведение в периодиtransmission to air or by cable ческом печатном издании и поof articles legally published in следующее распространение newspapers and journals on current экземпляров этого издания, соeconomic, political, social and общение в эфир или по кабелю, religious questions or putting on доведение до всеобщего сведеthe air of works of the same nature ния правомерно опубликованных в периодических печатных изданиях статей по текущим экономическим, политическим, 57

in cases when such reproduction or transmission was not specially prohibited by the author or other rightholder;

4) reproduction in press, transmission to air or by cable of publicly delivered political speeches, appeals, reports and other similar works in the volume, justified by the informational purpose. At that the authors of such works reserve the right to their publication in collections;

5) reproduction or transmission for general information in reviews of current events by photography, cinematography, by transmission to air or by cable of works that are seen or heard in the course of such events, in the volume, justified by the informational purpose

социальным и религиозным вопросам либо переданных в эфир или по кабелю, доведенных до всеобщего сведения произведений такого же характера в случаях, если такие воспроизведение, сообщение, доведение не были специально запрещены автором или иным правообладателем; 4) воспроизведение в периодическом печатном издании и последующее распространение экземпляров этого издания, сообщение в эфир или по кабелю, доведение до всеобщего сведения публично произнесенных политических речей, обращений, докладов и аналогичных произведений в объеме, оправданном информационной целью. При этом за авторами таких произведений сохраняется право на их использование в сборниках; 5) воспроизведение, распространение, сообщение в эфир и по кабелю, доведение до всеобщего сведения в обзорах текущих событий (в частности, средствами фотографии, кинематографии, телевидения и радио) произведений, которые становятся увиденными или услышанными в ходе таких событий, в объеме, оправданном информационной целью

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 17. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the 58

case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Каледин, разбирая архив своего дяди, в прошлом известного публициста, обнаружил рукопись приключенческого романа «Тайна Черного озера». После переговоров с одним из издательств роман был опубликован и вскоре завоевал достаточно широкую популярность среди читателей. Через некоторое время из выпуска новостей Каледину стало известно, что кинокомпания «Мечта» начала экранизацию романа, а именно утвердила сценарий, осуществила кастинг актеров, провела первые съемки. Каледин обратился к главному режиссеру фильма и потребовал, во-первых, согласовать с ним сценарий фильма, во-вторых, заключить с ним договор о выплате ему части прибыли от кассовых сборов фильма. Как полагал Каледин, участвуя в обнародовании произведения, он получил на него исключительное право. 1. Правомерны ли требования Каледина? 2. Возникает ли в данном случае исключительное право, если да, то к какой группе прав оно относится? 3. Является ли экранизация романа использованием произведения? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 5 COPYRIGHT PROTECTION OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE VOCABULARY sui generis system — система специальной правовой охраны copyright infringement — нарушение авторского права software — программное обеспечение fair use/fair dealing — добросовестное, законное использование backup — резервное копирование commercial use of non-commercial software — коммерческое использование некоммерческого программного обеспечения counterfeiting — контрафакция hard-disk loading — загрузка жесткого диска make void — лишать юридической силы unauthorised user — несанкционированный пользователь “file-sharing” on peer-to-peer network — файл общего доступа в пиринговой сети

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What are the two ways of protecting computer software? 2. What does copyright protection extend to? 3. When is a patent granted? 4. Is the law relating to the patentability of software harmonized all over the world? Why? Copyright Protection of Computer Software Introduction Software development over the last decades represents a pace of change not seen since the Industrial Revolution. Software is pervasive, affecting virtually every aspect of human life in all parts of the world. From the perspective of 60

intellectual property rights (IPRs), discourse and debate focuses not only on how software should be protected, but also on a myriad of issues reflecting the many roles that software plays in digital distribution of creative content. In the 1970s and 1980s, there were extensive discussions on whether the patent system, the copyright system, or a sui generis system, should provide protection for computer software. These discussions resulted in the generally accepted principle that computer programs should be protected by copyright, whereas apparatus using computer software or software-related inventions should be protected by patent. Copyright law and patent law provide different types of protection. Copyright protection extends only to expressions, and not to ideas, procedures, methods of operation or mathematical concepts as such, whereas a patent is an exclusive right granted for an invention, which is a product or a process that provides a new way of doing something, or offers a new technical solution to a problem. Copyright protection is formality-free in countries party to the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works (the Berne Convention), which means that protection does not depend on compliance with any formalities such as registration or deposit of copies. A patent is generally granted after completing an examination procedure by a government agency. Copyright protection of computer software is established in most countries and harmonized by international treaties to that effect. The law relating to the patentability of software is still not harmonized internationally, but some countries have embraced the patentability of computer software and others have adopted approaches that recognize inventions assisted by computer software. (International IP Protection of Software: History, Purpose and Challenges; Mr. Víctor Vázquez Lopez, May 29, 2007)

Exercise 2. Read through the text. Say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. Sui generis is a Latin term meaning ‘a special kind’. In Intellectual property rights discourse the term refers to a special form of protection regime outside the known framework. 2. At the WIPO and UNESCO forum in Geneva a ‘soft law’ model was worked out which clarified that computer programs should be protected as literary works under of the Berne Convention. 3. Copyright protection of computer programs is still a disputable issue. 4. Software itself is not just a technical result, but it is a creative, original expression which has “active” nature. Brief History of Copyright Protection of Computer Software WIPO started to consider the question of the legal protection of computer programs in the 1970s, and, first, the idea of working out a sui generis system 61

emerged. The sui generis protection covered all three elements of computer programs: object code, source code and documentation. “Source code” is the original code of the computer program written in program languages which can be read and understood by human beings, particularly those who are specialized in this field; “object code” is a version of the program that is directly usable by a computer, in binary form — a series of “zeros” and “ones” — that computer processors may understand, but human beings cannot unless it is “decompiled”, that is transformed into source code. However, the WIPO Model Provisions on the Protection of Computer Programs which provided for a sui generis system were not followed by national legislators, and the idea began to prevail that copyright should be applied for the protection of computer programs. In February 1985, WIPO and UNESCO convened in Geneva a joint Group of Experts on the Copyright Aspects of the Protection of Computer Programs. At this meeting, on the basis of a thorough study and an animated debate, a breakthrough took place towards the recognition of computer programs. There were then two developments which completed, at the level of binding regional and international norms, what had been worked out at the WIPO forums in the form of a “soft law” model: first, the publication, in July 1991, of the Computer Programs Directive of the European Community and the adoption, in April 1994, of the TRIPS Agreement, both of which clarified that computer programs should be protected as literary works under of the Berne Convention. Article 10 of The TRIPS Agreement contains an interpretive provision stating that computer programs, whether in source or object code, shall be protected by the Berne Convention. There are very few voices today that argue against copyright protection of computer programs. Computer programs are not “merely” technical solutions, even if software developers are sometimes considered as “outsiders” by other, more traditional creators in the musical or literary fields. Indeed software itself is not just a technical result, but an author’s creation which has a technical character. The only difference is the “active” nature of the computer program, meaning that it has technical (physical) effects in computer hardware during its operation. But this is not a reason for the exclusion of software — as a creative, original expression — from copyright protection. (International IP Protection of Software: History, Purpose and Challenges; Mr. Víctor Vázquez Lopez, May 29, 2007)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. • to embrace the patentability of computer software; • sui generis system; 62

• • • •

source code and object code; binding regional and international norms; to contain an interpretive provision; “active” nature of the computer program.

Exercise 4. Match the types of copyright infringement of software with their definitions and find Russian equivalents. According to the Business Software Alliance, copyright infringement of software takes several forms, which include the following: 1) CD-R infringement

a) using educational or other commercial-userestricted software in violation of the software license

2) hard-disk loading

b) original equipment manufacturer software is only legally sold with specified hardware

3) OEM infringement/ c) illegal uploading of software on to the Internet unbundling for anyone to copy 4) softlifting

d) occurs when a copy of a software program is copied onto an organization’s servers and the organization’s network “clients” are allowed to freely access the software in violation of the terms of the license agreement

5) Internet infringement

e) occurs when an individual or company sells computers preloaded with illegal copies of software

6) unrestricted client access infringement

f) a term used to describe when a person purchases a single licensed copy of a software program and loads it on several machines, in violation of the terms of the license agreement

7) counterfeiting

j) illegal copying of software using CD-R recording technology; this form of copyright infringement occurs when a person obtains a copy of a software program and makes a copy or copies and re-distributes them to friends

8) commercial use of non-commercial software

h) duplication and sale of unauthorized copies of software in such a manner as to try to pass off the illegal copy as if it were a legitimate copy produced or authorized by the legal publisher 63

READING 2 Exercise 5. Read through the text and answer the question How is software protected under the WIPO Copyright Treaty? Summarize the text making use of the following phrases. the article states that…; it clarifies…; the definition reads as follows…; the recital indicates…; the dominant position is…; the article provides as follows…; it should be emphasised that…; it is another matter that…; a further issue concerning…; it is possible to find certain views…; it is also important to note that…; the question may emerge: why…; the reason seems to be that…; it seems also more appropriate considering the possibility that…. Protection of Software under the WIPO Copyright Treaty Article 4 of the WCT states that computer programs are protected as literary works within the meaning of Article 2 of the Berne Convention. Such protection applies to computer programs, whatever may be the mode or form of their expression. In an agreed statement, it also clarifies that the scope of protection for computer programs under Article 4 of this Treaty is consistent with the Berne Convention and on part with the relevant provisions of the TRIPS Agreement. The WCT does not contain any definition of “computer program”. In the course of the preparatory work of the Treaty, it was agreed upon that the definition of “computer program” adopted as part of the WIPO Model Provisions on the Protection of Computer Programs was still valid. This definition reads as follows: “’computer program’ means a set of instructions capable, when incorporated in a machine-readable medium, of causing a machine having information-processing capabilities to indicate, perform or achieve a particular function, task or result”. Definitions of “computer programs” included in national laws, are, in general, in harmony with the basic substantive elements of the above-quoted definition in the Model Provisions. However, sometimes a broader definition of “computer program” is used which also includes the preliminary material for the creation of a program. For example, Article 1.1 of the Computer Programs Directive of the European Community 4 provides that “for the purpose of this Directive, the term ‘computer programs’ shall include their preparatory design material”. One of the recitals of the Directive indicates what is meant by the notion of preparatory material; it reads as follows: “Whereas, for the purpose of this Directive, the term ‘computer program’ shall include programs in any form, including those which are incorporated into hardware; whereas this term also includes preparatory design work leading to the development of a computer program provided that the nature of the preparatory work is such that a computer program can result from it at a later stage.” It should be emphasised that the preparatory material the way it is understood, for 64

example, in the Computer Programs Directive is not covered by the concept of “computer program” proper. This is so since such preparatory material cannot be regarded yet as a set of instructions the purpose of which is to cause a computer to execute a particular task or function; it is only a basis for the creation of such set of instructions in a later stage. This means that, although national laws may extend the definition of “computer program” to such preparatory material, under Article 4 of the WCT (as well as under Article 10.1 of the TRIPS Agreement which also only speaks about computer programs) this is not an obligation. It is another matter that such preparatory material also may, and in general do, deserve copyright protection, as such, in accordance with the general provisions on literary and artistic works. A further issue concerning the concept of “computer program” is whether the images generated on screens as a result of the operation of a program (for example, in the case of video games) may or should be regarded as parts of a “computer program”. It is possible to find certain views according to which an affirmative answer should be given to this question, and such views have been accepted exceptionally even at the level of national legislation, but the dominant opinion, as well as the dominant position under national laws, is that the images generated by a computer program in the form of screen display go beyond the concept of computer programs proper. The concept of “computer program” under Article 4 of the WCT also does not extend to the images generated by computer programs on screens. Screen displays containing moving images may, and, if they correspond to the requirement of originality, they do, enjoy copyright protection as audiovisual works (and fixed images also may and frequently are protected as graphic or photographic works). It is also important to note that the copyright status of the different categories of works are not necessarily the same. Therefore, the differentiation between the copyright status of computer programs and that of screen images generated by them seems particularly justified. Article 4 of the WCT can be understood as an adapted version of the clarification included in the TRIPS Agreement regarding computer programs. Article 10.1 of the TRIPS Agreement provides as follows: “Computer programs, whether in source or object code, shall be protected as literary works under the Berne Convention (1971)’. The question may emerge: why this provision speaks about the forms of computer programs — source code and object code — when, under Article 2(1) of the Berne Convention, a literary or artistic work is protected “whatever may be the form or mode of its expression”. The reason seems to be that this was necessary in order to reject certain unfounded views that computer programs may only be protected by copyright as literary works as long as they are in source code, and that programs in object code, due to the utilitarian purpose of programs in such code, are not protected (this position was wrong, not only because the Berne Convention, in general, does not allow exclusion of works from copyright protection just because 65

they serve utilitarian purposes, but also because it had neglected that programs may be decompiled from object code into source code). The agreed statement concerning Article 4 WCT was adopted at the request of some delegations, mainly from developing countries, which wanted to make sure that the scope of application of the protection of computer programs under Article 4 does not change — and, in particular, that it is not extended — in comparison with what is provided in Article 10.1 of the TRIPS Agreement. This has been found necessary due to the fact that the text of Article 10.1 of the TRIPS Agreement and that of Article 4 of the WCT are not identical. The former speaks about “computer programs, whether in source code or object code”, while the latter about “computer programs, whatever may be the mode or form of their expression”. The latter text seems more appropriate since it is the one which corresponds to the provisions of Article 2(1) of the Berne Convention (from where the expression “whatever may be the mode or form of their expression” has been taken word by word). It seems also more appropriate considering the possibility that, in the future, the source code/object code categorization might become obsolete. (International IP Protection of Software: History, Purpose and Challenges; Mr. Víctor Vázquez Lopez, May 29, 2007)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Fill in the gaps with appropriate prepositions and translate the sentences. under; upon; on, with; between; within; with;in; by; to (2) 1. Article 4 of the WCT states that computer programs are protected as literary works … the meaning of Article 2 of the Berne Convention. Such protection applies to computer programs 2. It also clarifies that the scope of protection for computer programs … Article 4 of this Treaty is consistent … the Berne Convention 3. In the course of the preparatory work of the Treaty, it was agreed … that the definition of “computer program” was still valid. 4. It is another matter that such preparatory material also may, and in general do, deserve copyright protection, as such, … accordance … the general provisions … literary and artistic works. 5. It is possible to find certain views according … which an affirmative answer should be given to this question 6. Screen displays containing moving images may, and, if they correspond … the requirement of originality, they do, enjoy copyright protection as audiovisual works. 66

7. Therefore, the differentiation … the copyright status of computer programs and that of screen images generated … them seems particularly justified.

Exercise 7. Translate from Russian into English focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. Such protection applies to computer programs, whatever may be the mode or form of their expression. 2. Whereas, for the purpose of this Directive, the term ‘computer program’ shall include programs in any form, including those which are incorporated into hardware; whereas this term also includes preparatory design work leading to the development of a computer program provided that the nature of the preparatory work is such that a computer program can result from it at a later stage. 3. This is so since such preparatory material cannot be regarded yet as a set of instructions the purpose of which is to cause a computer to execute a particular task or function. 4. This has been found necessary due to the fact that the text of Article 10.1 of the TRIPS Agreement and that of Article 4 of the WCT are not identical. 5. The former speaks about “computer programs, whether in source code or object code”, whilethe latter about “computer programs, whatever may be the mode or form of their expression”. 6. The latter text seems more appropriate since it is the one which corresponds to the provisions of Article 2(1) of the Berne Convention.

READING 3 Exercise 8. Read through the text and complete the spaces using these sentences. Summarize the text. a) Patent law, on the other hand, protects the underlying functionality of the program; it protects what the code does, not just how it is written. b) However, enforcement of patents is dealt with by national courts and, as the law may differ between Member States, the level of protection may, in practice, also vary. c) Although copyright protects “literal expressions” of computer programs, it does not protect “ideas” behind the computer programs, which often are a core part of their commercial value. d) But key court decisions and other developments in the period from 1980 to 2000 changed this perception and as a result software is now patentable subject matter in a number of different jurisdictions. 67

Patent Protection of Computer Software Many in the legal community took the view that software would never qualify for patent protection in addition to copyright, because a computer program was too similar to a mathematical algorithm. 1. _____________________. The debate is not over, however, as evidenced by the EU Parliament’s rejection, on July 6, 2005, of a proposed Directive on computer-implemented inventions. The proposed Directive aimed to harmonize the way that national patent laws deal with computer-implemented inventions, and to ensure that those who invest in developing new products dependent on computerimplemented technology could obtain patent protection. To some extent such inventions can already be patented by applying to either the European Patent Office (EPO) or the national patent offices of the Member States. 2. ____________________________. The debate on intellectual property protection of computer software continues at the national and international levels. The controversy is linked to the unique nature of computer software that performs technical functions through creative expression. 3.________ ________________________. For example, two programs with different text (that is, different “expressions”) can carry out a substantially identical function. Under copyright, the second comer can develop a program having an identical function, but which expresses a completely different text. Since, in fact, ideas behind programs often provide technical functions such as controlling machinery or regulating room temperature, program developers started to seek protection of computer software through the patent system. In other words, copyright law merely protects the specific expression of code in a program. 4._______________________. Therefore, in general terms it has been said that copyright protects against piracy, while patents protect against copying by competitors. (International IP Protection of Software: History, Purpose and Challenges; Mr. Víctor Vázquez Lopez, May 29, 2007)

Exercise 9. Read through the text and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. The growing problem of online piracy will inevitably lead to a global reduction in creative output. 2. Governments and national economies are not the victims of piracy. 3. Consumers and producers are the most evident victims of piracy. 4. Technological advances have made it easy for anyone to reproduce and distribute copyrighted works anywhere, anytime and to anyone. 5. Many government and non-government organisations are working at their best level to reduce piracy. 68

Fighting Software Piracy in a Global Environment Thirty-five percent of the software installed on personal computers worldwide was pirated in 2005, the same level as in 2004. Yet, losses due to piracy increased from $33 billion to $34 billion. The growing problem of online piracy poses a significant challenge to the long-term viability of global digital commerce. Piracy is sometimes fed by a vision of the Internet that says it is acceptable to appropriate the creative works of others in order to disseminate them to the world free of charge. This vision will inevitably lead to a global reduction in creative output. Moreover, any vision of the Internet that would permit piracy victimizes local culture as well as the economies of developing countries. The victims of piracy include artists whose creativity goes unrewarded, governments who lose hundreds of millions in tax revenues, national economies that are deprived of new investments, consumers whose product choices are fewer and less diverse, and the producers of creative works who, due to rampant theft, have fewer resources to invest in the development of new digital products and services. Until fairly recently, unauthorized copying of software required physical exchange of floppy disks, CDs or other hard media. But software piracy has become much easier as Internet use spreads (an estimated one billion people around the globe will have Internet access by the end of this year), gets faster and ever less expensive. The Internet allows products to move from computer to computer, with no hard media transaction and little risk of detection. Some piracy schemes may even involve computers without the owner’s knowledge. Piracy that once required an understanding of complex computer codes can now take place with the click of a mouse over P2P networks, through mail order and auction sites, over news groups or even as simple email attachments. Strong measures are needed at local, national and international level to counter these dangerous trends. For instance, the Computer Program Deliberation and Mediation Committee of Korea has embarked upon the creation of a “fair-use environment” for software through a number of anti-piracy measures, including consultation on legitimate software management, free software to detect illegal copies, monitoring of suspicious websites, and an awareness campaign to change public attitudes toward legitimate software in Korea. The Business Software Alliance, which represents the software industry, has recommended several concrete steps for Governments to take in reducing software piracy, including implementation of the WCT, creation of strong enforcement mechanisms and resources dedicated to applying them, and increased public education and awareness. (International IP Protection of Software: History, Purpose and Challenges; Mr. Víctor Vázquez Lopez, May 29, 2007)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 10. Match the concepts with their definitions and translate them. patentable subject matter; P2P network; fair-use environment; legitimate software management 69

1. It is the practice of managing the lifecycle of legally acquired software assets within an organization. 2. It is a class of distributed systems in which peers (computers or “nodes”) work together without a central server to coordinate the peers (computers) in the network. 3. The setting or conditions in which an equitable balance between the interests is promoted and asserted. 4. Actions or things which may obtain patent protection subject to the conditions and requirements of the title of patent.

Exercise 11. Give English equivalents. Устанавливать программное обеспечение; дальнейшее существование цифровой коммерции; наносит ущерб экономике и культуре; остаться невознагражденным; налоговые поступления; остаться без инвесторов; скупой выбор; быстро распространяющееся правонарушение; риск обнаружения; коммерческая ценность; принудительное осуществление патентных прав; патентоспособный объект; декларативная часть; подготовительный материал; применимое положение.

Exercise 12. Give Russian equivalents. Pace of change; patentability of software; animated debate; interpretive provision technical effect; serve utilitarian purpose; scope of application; deserve copyright protection; computer-imlemented invention; protect underlying functionality; be consistent with; mode of expression.

Exercise 13. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. В 1970–1980-х гг. в связи с распространением компьютеров и ростом числа программистов часто возникали споры о том, какая из систем — патентная или авторская — должна предусматривать защиту для компьютерного программного обеспечения 2. В результате были выработаны общие принципы, согласно которым программы должны защищаться авторским правом, тогда как программно-аппаратные комплексы попадают под охрану патентов. 3. Авторское право защищает только текст программы, но не алгоритм. В то же время объектом патентной защиты являются разработки, в которые заложен новый способ реализации чего-либо, выдвинуто новое решение технической проблемы. 4. В РФ вопросы правовой охраны компьютерного программного обеспечения регулируются в основном «Патентным законом», а его положения детализируются «Правилами составления, подачи и рас70

смотрения заявки на выдачу патента на изобретение», причем и в том и в другом документе алгоритмы и программы для вычислительных машин исключены из числа патентоспособных объектов. 5. Судебная практика показывает, что при рассмотрении дел о нарушении авторского права на компьютерные программы прежде всего уделяют внимание формальной стороне: имеет ли место буквальное копирование, а не использование идей, заложенных в эти программы. 6. За присвоение авторства, незаконное использование ПО, а также приобретение, хранение и перевозку контрафактных экземпляров программ в целях сбыта ст. 146 Уголовного кодекса РФ предусмотрена ответственность вплоть до 5 лет лишения свободы и штраф до 500 тысяч рублей.

Exercise 14. Translate from English into Russian focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. Under the open-sourse software (OSS) model, the rights to copy, modify and redistribute are granted to the user subject to license conditions in the applicable open source license. 2. Also, the penalties for patent infringement are generally much harsher than for copyright infringement, and apply even if one is not aware of the patent’s existence. 3. One popular model, the Berkeley Software Distribution, is highly permissive and allows taking the software and doing whatever one wishes with it, including modification and distribution of free or proprietary derivatives, provided that each copy contains a specified form of license that includes a copyright notice and a disclaimer of warranties and liability. 4. This allows revenue to be obtained from clients interested in using the new version without delay while limiting competitors’ access to the free versions. 5. While there are differences of approach in the development of proprietary and open source software, both forms are growing in market presence. Increasingly, software products combine both proprietary and open source code.

SPEAKING Exercise 15. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Какие действия приводят к нарушению авторских прав? The copyright infringement of software refers to several practices when done without the permission of the copyright holder: Creating a copy and/or selling it is copyright infringement in most countries and is unlikely to be fair use or fair dealing if the work remains commercially available. This is the act that some people refer to as “software piracy”. 71

Creating a copy to serve as a backup can be infringement, depending on the laws currently undergoing changes in many countries. In the US, legal action was taken against companies which made backup copies while repairing computers and as a result, US law was changed to make it clear that this is not copyright infringement. Renting the original software. Software licenses often try to restrict the usual right of a purchaser of a copyrighted work to let others borrow the work. Reselling the original software. Licenses often say that the buyer does not buy the software but instead pays for the right to use the software. In the US, the first-sale doctrine ruled that software sales are purchases, not licenses, and resale, including unbundling, is lawful regardless of a contractual prohibition. Что значит коммерческое использование некоммерческого программного обеспечения? “Commercial Use of Non-commercial Software” is using educational or other commercial-use-restricted software in violation of the software license. It is considered a form of copyright infringement. Что подразумевает под собой понятие «контрафакция»? “Counterfeiting” is the duplication and sale of unauthorized copies of software in such a manner as to try to pass off the illegal copy as if it were a legitimate copy produced or authorized by the legal publisher. Как вы понимаете выражение «загрузка жесткого диска»? “Hard-disk loading” occurs when an individual or company sells computers preloaded with illegal copies of software. Что такое нарушение прав в рамках сети Интернет? “Internet infringement” is the illegal uploading of software on to the Internet for anyone to copy. Что означает неологизм «софтлифтинг»? “Softlifting” is a neologism invented by anti-copyright infringement advocates, and is a term used to describe when a person purchases a single licensed copy of a software program and loads it on several machines, in violation of the terms of the license agreement. Что означает «неограниченный доступ клиентов к программному обеспечению с нарушением авторских прав»? “Unrestricted client access infringement” occurs when a copy of a software program is copied onto an organization’s servers and the organization’s network “clients” are allowed to freely access the software in violation of the terms of the license agreement. Какова последовательность создания компьютерной программы? The production of a program is a complex process involving first the expression of an analysis of the function to be performed as a set of algorithms; second its restatement in a computer language; and finally the translation by a computer running under a compiler program of the source code into a machine-readable language. 72

Какие преимущества заключаются в отсутствии четкого определения понятия «компьютерная программа»? The lack of a definition of a computer program is to avoid failure to cover advances in the technology; arguments that object code is incapable of copyright protection are no longer sustainable. В чем разница между машинно-генерируемой и автоматизированной работой? A work seems likely to be treated as computer-generated when the machine is merely provided with data by its operators which it analyses and converts into output. Where the operator has some role in the formulation of the output beyond the supply of data, then the work is more likely to be computer-aided only. Что включает в себя понятие «переструктурирование» с целью получения аналога (или «обратное проектирование»)? “Reverse engineering” is producing a second program which can perform the same functions on the same machines as the first program.

LISTENING Exercise 16. Listen to a man talking about IP infringement and computer software and answer the questions. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IK4hgCbr5Wo 1. What options do you have if you want to protect anything related to computer source code? 2. Prove that copyright is a balance between protecting the authors’ rights and public good.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 17. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Major factors behind software piracy: public awareness, high prices of software, legal enforcement, social and cultural factors. 2. Are you a software pirate? Show an example of software piracy. 3. The top three countries with the highest piracy rates. Possible preventive measures.

REVISION Exercise 18. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. 73

Статья 1261. Программы для ЭВМ

Article 1261. Programs for EC

Авторские права на все виды программ для ЭВМ (в том числе на операционные системы и программные комплексы), которые могут быть выражены на любом языке и в любой форме, включая исходный текст и объектный код, охраняются так же, как авторские права на произведения литературы. Программой для ЭВМ является представленная в объективной форме совокупность данных и команд, предназначенных для функционирования ЭВМ и других компьютерных устройств в целях получения определенного результата, включая подготовительные материалы, полученные в ходе разработки программы для ЭВМ, и порождаемые ею аудиовизуальные отображения.

Copyrights to all kinds of programs for EC (in particular for operational systems and program complexes) that can be expressed in any language and in any form, including the source code and object code, are protected by the same way as copyrights to works of literature. The program for EC is an aggregate of data and commands, presented in objective form, that are intended for functioning EC and other computer devices for the purposes of receiving certain result, including preparatory materials, received in the process of developing the program for EC, and audiovisual reflections, caused by it.

Статья 1296. Произведения, созданные по заказу

Article 1296. Programs for EC and databases created on request

1. Исключительное право на программу для ЭВМ, базу данных или иное произведение, созданные по договору, предметом которого было создание такого произведения (по заказу), принадлежит заказчику, если договором между подрядчиком (исполнителем) и заказчиком не предусмотрено иное.

1. When the program for EC or database is created under the contract, which subject was its creation (on request), the exclusive right to such program or such database belongs to the customer, unless otherwise is provided by the contract between the contractor (executor) and customer.

2. В случае, если исключительное право на произведение в соответствии с п. 1 настоящей статьи принадлежит заказчику,

2. When the exclusive right to the program for EC or database in accordance with clause 1 of the present article belongs to the 74

подрядчик (исполнитель) вправе, поскольку договором не предусмотрено иное, использовать такое произведение для собственных нужд на условиях безвозмездной простой (неисключительной) лицензии в течение всего срока действия исключительного права.

customer, the contractor (executor) has the right, since otherwise is not provided by the contract, to use such program or such database for personal needs on conditions of gratuitous ordinary (non-exclusive) license within the whole period of validity of the exclusive right.

Статья 1297. Произведения, созданные при выполнении работ по договору

Article 1297. Programs for EC and databases created in executing work under contract

1. Исключительное право на программу для ЭВМ, базу данных или иное произведение, созданные при выполнении договора подряда либо договора на выполнение научно-исследовательских, опытно-конструкторских или технологических работ, которые прямо не предусматривали создание такого произведения, принадлежит подрядчику (исполнителю), если договором между ним и заказчиком не предусмотрено иное. В этом случае заказчик вправе, если договором не предусмотрено иное, использовать созданное произведение в целях, для достижения которых был заключен соответствующий договор, на условиях простой (неисключительной) лицензии в течение всего срока действия исключительного права без выплаты за такое использование произведения дополнительного вознаграждения. При передаче подрядчиком (исполнителем) исключительного права на произведение другому лицу заказчик сохраняет право использования произведения.

1. If the programs for EC or database is created in executing the contract of work and labor or contract for executing scientific-research, development or technological works that did not directly provide its creation, the exclusive right to such program or such database belongs to the contractor (executor), unless otherwise is provided by the contract between him and customer. In this case the customer has the right, unless otherwise is provided by the contract, to use the program or database created in such a way for the purposes, for which achievement the corresponding contract was concluded, on conditions of gratuitous ordinary (non-exclusive) license within the whole period of validity of the exclusive right without paying additional reward for this use. In transferring by the contractor (executor) the exclusive right to the program for EC or database to the other person the customer reserves the right to use such program or database.

75

Статья 1333. Изготовитель базы данных

Article 1333. Producer of database

1. Изготовителем базы данных признается лицо, организовавшее создание базы данных и работу по сбору, обработке и расположению составляющих ее материалов. При отсутствии доказательств иного изготовителем базы данных признается гражданин или юридическое лицо, имя или наименование которых указано обычным образом на экземпляре базы данных и (или) его упаковке.

1. The person, organized the creation of database and work for collection, processing and arrangement of its materials, is considered the database’s producer. In absence of other proofs the citizen or legal person, whose name or designation is indicated by usual way on the database’s copy and (or) its package is considered the producer of database.

2. Изготовителю базы данных принадлежат: исключительное право изготовителя базы данных; право на указание на экземплярах базы данных и (или) их упаковках своего имени или наименования.

2. The following belong to the database’s producer: exclusive right of the database’s producer; right to indicate his name or designation on the database’s copies and (or) their packages.

Статья 1334. Исключительное право изготовителя базы данных

Article 1334. Exclusive right of the database’s producer

1. Изготовителю базы данных, создание которой (включая обработку или представление соответствующих материалов) требует существенных финансовых, материальных, организационных или иных затрат, принадлежит исключительное право извлекать из базы данных материалы и осуществлять их последующее использование в любой форме и любым способом (исключительное право изготовителя базы данных). Изготовитель базы данных может распоряжаться указанным исключительным правом.

1. The exclusive right to extract materials from the database and realize their consequent use in any form and any way (exclusive right of the database’s producer) belongs to the database’s producer which creation (including processing or presentation of the corresponding materials) demands significant financial, material, organizational and other expenses. The database’s producer can dispose of the mentioned exclusive right. In absence of other proofs the database, containing not less than ten thousand independent informational elements (materials), forming the

76

При отсутствии доказательств иного базой данных, создание которой требует существенных затрат, признается база данных, содержащая не менее десяти тысяч самостоятельных информационных элементов (материалов), составляющих содержание базы данных.

database’s content (paragraph two clause 2 article 1260) is considered database, which creation demands significant expenses.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 19. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised inthe case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Житель города Иваново, 32-летний Александр Г., не заключая авторских договоров (лицензионных соглашений) с корпорациями Microsoft, Adobe Systems Incorporated и Autodesk, извлек из сети Интернет программы для ЭВМ — Microsoft Windows XP Professional Russian, Microsoft Office Professional 2003, AutoCAD 2010 и Adobe Photoshop CS3. Извлеченные программы он разместил на оптических носителях, с помощью которых в последующем осуществлял их хранение и установку на другие компьютеры. 1. Какое решение должен принять суд? 2. Возможно ли в данном случае смягчение наказания и при каких условиях? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 6 COPYRIGHT LAW: “WHOSE FORMAT IS IT ANYWAY?” READING 1 Exercise 1. The article below comes from a legal journal. Read through the article and match each of the headings (a — d) with the paragraph (1–4) to which it best corresponds. a) b) c) d)

Worldwide Protection of Formats Norowzian v Arks UK Copyright Protection Spotlight on Piracy

In brief The huge rise in the popularity of reality television programmes has turned the spotlight on format piracy. This has led to production companies taking action to protect their intellectual property rights. It was expected that the Pop Idol/X Factor case would create a legal precedent on the extent to which format ideas could be legally protected. The case settled but there is nothing in any of the current UK and worldwide case law to suggest that format rights are not protectable in the UK. Copyright does not protect general ideas but the expression of ideas. However, in IPC Media Ltd v Highbury-SPL Publishing Ltd Mr Justice Laddie recognized the difficulty in defining the boundary between the taking of general ideas and concepts and copying in the copyright sense. Copyright protection for television programmes hit the news in November 2005 with the high-profile case brought by Simon Fuller’s 19 TV against Fremantle Media Ltd. It involves a dispute about the music talent shows The Pop Idol and The X Factor. However, the case settled without any further judicial guidance. (1)…………. The rise in the popularity of reality television programmes has turned the spotlight on format piracy. In April 2000 the Format Recognition and 78

Protection Association (FRAPA) was formed by international industry figures to combat the problem. According to a report from Screen Digest and FRAPA, the Global Trade in Television Formats, a major study on the global television format business was worth over €2.4bn pounds in 2004. Celador’s Who wants to be a Millionaire? (which was sold last year to 2waytraffic as part of £106m deal) and 19 TV/FremantleMedia’s Idol series have been worldwide successes, with Idols watched by more than 110m viewers in about 30 countries. The exportation of format is, therefore, big business, particularly for the UK where 29% of all formats broadcast have originated. Understandably, producers and broadcasters feel a need to protect their investment, which has led to the rise in litigation. Historically, few format disputes got to court because, despite wanting to protect their investment, producers and broadcasters depend on relationships with each other and with other members of the industry, which may be affected by litigation. The industry has traditionally relied on the fact that competitors ‘borrow’ ideas from each other to achieve maximum freedom of creativity without coping substantial amounts. However, this tradition no longer appears to be sufficient in a multimillion pound international industry and has led to big players (such as Endemol and RDF) taking action to protect their intellectual property rights. (2)……….. In the Pop Idol/X Factor litigation, the claimant argued that the Idol series (each episode and the series as a whole) were protected as dramatic copyright works. 19TV argued that The X Factor involved the reproduction of the whole or a substantial part of the original, dramatic work copyright in the Idols series or each episode. It relied on the case of Norowzian v Arks Ltd. to support its argument that the Idols series should be protected as dramatic copyright work(s). In Norowzian the claimant made a short unscripted film, called Joy, of an individual performing a dance. The film was heavily edited such that the film gave the impression that the actor was performing movements impossible for any human being. The defendant used the ideas of jump-cutting, which had been used in Joy, to produce an advertisement for Guinness, called Anticipation, showing a man doing a dance that no ordinary person could perform. The claimant argued that Joy should be protected by copyright as a dramatic work. At first instance Mr Justice Rattee held that a film could not be a dramatic work and that a film of the dance depicted in Joy was not a recording of a dramatic work because a dramatic work had to be capable of being physically performed. This part of the judgment was overturned by the Court of Appeal, which held that a film could be a dramatic work and was capable of physical performance by an audience playing the film. 79

(3)………… In IPC Media, the publisher of Ideal Home magazine sued Highbury, the publisher of the competing title, Home, for copyright infringement. IPC argued that the «design, subject matter, theme and presentational style” of its magazine had been copied, claiming that, although the text and photographs used were different, these elements remained the same. Laddie J drew analogy between these ‘design elements’ and television format, quoting the sections from the decision in Green (see box below) where Lord Bridge spoke about the difficulty in identifying the nature of the work in which copyright subsists. Laddie J said that copyright exists in discrete works, such as the magazine cover, and not in general themes, styles or ideas. However, he did have some sympathy for protection for formats. He suggested that coping the design elements could amount to copyright infringement if they constituted a substantial part of a copyright work, i.e. they represent sufficient of the author’s skill and labour that went into creating the copyright work. He said that copying one or two individual features that are commonplace in the design field, or the television industry as the case may be, may not amount to the taking of a substantial part. The claim was dismissed because IPC had not been able to prove the alleged copying or, if there was copying, that a substantial part had been copied. Laddie J also criticized IPC for presenting the similarities at “such a high level of generality that all the numerous and important differences are sidelined”. The principles stated by Laddie J have been reaffirmed in the recent Court of Appeal decision in Nova Productions Ltd. v Mazooma Games Ltd., in which the claimant alleged that its artistic and literary copyright in its poolthemed arcade video game Pocket Money was infringed by the defendant’s pool-themed video games. Lord Justice Jacob said that although “in many cases a coincidence in the copyright work and the alleged infringement of small, unimportant details is an indication of copying”, those details alone did not indicate that there has been substantial copying. It was held that even though the claimant’s work had inspired some aspects of the defendant’s games, it was too general to amount to a substantial part of the claimant’s game, in particular as these ideas had little to do with the skill and effort expended by the programmer in writing the program code. (4)………… Outside the UK, particularly in Australia, Brazil and the Netherlands, there has been a more noticeable move towards expanding the scope of protection for formats. The Australian case Nine Films & Television Pty Ltd v Ninox Television Ltd involved alleged copyright infringement of the reality television programme Dream Home featuring two New Zealand families in a home renovation competition, by a programme called The Block, which also featured home renovation in a competitive environment. Nine Films successfully claimed for relief for unjustified threats of copyright infringement against Ninox. 80

Mr Justice Tamberlin determined that, to succeed, Ninox must show that the combination of series of dramatic events in The Block reproduced in a substantial way the situations or incidents in the Dream Home format. This is a significant departure from Green because Tamberlin J starts from the position that the relevant copyright work is the Dream Home format. However, it was held that “simply by reason of the fact that there are large elements of unscripted dialogue and interaction within the overall framework of the programs, there cannot be any substantial reproduction”. In Brazil the courts have gone one step further. In TV Globo Ltd/Endemol Entertainment International BV v TV SBT TV SBT had negotiated with Endemol for licence to use the Big Brother format to broad cast Big Brother in Brazil. However, following the breakdown of these negotiations, the defendant commissioned and broadcast a version called Casa dos Artistas (Artist’s House). TV Globo/Endemol sued for copyright infringement and the defendant argued that the Big Brother format was not protected by copyright because a reality show is nothing more than an idea. The court found that formats are a much wider concept than just the idea of the programme. The format was held to encompass an extensive group of technical, artistic, economical and business information, such as the atmosphere of the house, the positioning of the cameras and the form through which the participants have contact with the external world. The court upheld TV Globo’s claim and found the defendant liable for copyright infringement. There is nothing in any of the case law to suggest that television formats are not protectable in the UK. This assumes there is certainty of subject matter and the claimant can identify the copyright work sufficiently, perhaps by reference to a number of repeating elements in a programme, and a substantial part has been taken. *Lindy Golding is a partner, and Penelope Thorntone is an associate, in the intellectual property department at Lovells. (New Law Journal Vol. 157 no. 7268. 13 April 2007)

Exercise 2. Read through the article again and answer the questions. 1. Are television format ideas protectable in the UK? 2. Why did not the Pop Idol/X Factor case create a legal precedent? 3. Why do producers and broadcasters feel a need to protect television formats? 4. Why were only few format disputes settled in courts? 5. What was the judgement of the first instance in the case of Norowzian v Arks Ltd? And why did the Court of Appeal overturn it? 6. What principles were stated by Laddie J concerning coping the design elements? 81

7. In what way was the TV format defined by the court in Brasil? What was the court’s decision in the case TV Globo Ltd/Endemol v TV SBT?

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 3. Match the words to form collocations as they appear in the article. Translate them. 1. to turn

a) the problem

2. to be capable of

b) subsists (exists)

3. the copyright

c) in legal precedent

4. format

d) piracy

5. to create

e) being physically performed

6. high-profile

f) the spotlight on

7. to combat

g) case

8. judicial

h) guidance

SPEAKING Exercise 4. Summarize the article and express your opinion on the topic making use of the following phrases. The author gives a brief survey of …; tackles the problem of…; the article contains a description…; deals with…; covers…; reveals the problem of..; the publication focuses on …; in conclusion the article reads…; the author comes to the conclusion that…; in my opinion; from my point of view….

READING 2 Exercise 5. Read the text and translate it. History of Protection for Formats in the UK The only decided UK case involving copyright protection for a television programme is Green v Broadcasting Corn of New Zealand The case was brought by Hughie Green, presenter of the game show Opportunity Knocks, for copyright infringement of his show by a New Zealand broadcaster. 82

Green claimed to be the author of copyright in the ‘dramatic format’, certain signature elements of the show repeated in each performance of the show, which he alleged were copied, including the title, the use of particular catchphrases and the use of a ‘clap o meter’ to measure the audience’s level of applause. Green’s case was unsuccessful because the Privy Council considered these unifying features (the programme’s ‘format’) to be a general idea and not sufficient to be a copyright work. “The protection which copyright gives creates a monopoly and there must be certainly in the subject matter of such monopoly in order to avoid injustice to the rest of the world”. However, the case was decided in 1989 and counsel for Green has said that dramatic work copyright was not argued before the Privy Council. Since this decision, however, the suggestion of a lack of protection for format rights has been felt by the industry and it has been argued that specific protection is necessary to protect investment in programmes produced to a format. In 1996 the Patent Office consulted on protection for television formats, but the consultations did not result in any amendment to the legislation protecting copyright works. (New Law Journal Vol. 157 no. 7268. 13 April 2007)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Give Russian equivalents. To turn the spotlight on; in the spotlight; the copyright subsists (exists) in discrete works; to give the impression; to amount to; judicial guidance; alleged copying; arcade video games; clap-o-meter; the ideas of jump-cutting; a substantial part; competitive environment.

Exercise 7. Give English equivalents. Описывать, изображать, рисовать; охватывать, распространяться; провести аналогию; повторно подтвердить; требование о защите прав в суде; включить; признать кого-либо ответственным за нарушение авторского права; популярное выражение.

Exercise 8. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 8. Понятно, что продюсеры и телевизионщики чувствуют необходимость защитить свои инвестиции, что привело к увеличению числа судебных процессов. 83

9. Однако в многомиллионной международной индустрии эта традиция, оказывается, более не является достаточной и ведет к тому, что большие игроки принимают меры (подают иски), чтобы защитить свое право интеллектуальной собственности. 10. Контрафакция телевизионных форматов ведет к тому, что производящие компании подают иски, чтобы защитить свои права интеллектуальной собственности. 11. Он предложил приравнивать копирование элементов дизайна к нарушению авторского права, если такие элементы составляют существенную часть работы. 12. Грин объявил себя автором копирайта «в формате драматического произведения». Определенные элементы представления повторялись в каждом исполнении представления, которые, как он заявил, были скопированы, включая название, использование определенных популярных афоризмов, а также использование так называемого «измерителя аплодисментов» для измерения уровня реакции аудитории.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 9. Discuss in pairs. Do the Russian laws provide for protection of television formats?

CASE STUDY READING 3 Exercise 10. Read the description of the case. Answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Who are the parties? What is the object of copyright? What are the facts of the case? What is the legal issue? What would be the simplest way to resolve the problem? What do you think the outcome of the case would be? Kenrick v. Lawrence

Kenrick v. Lawrence (1890) L. R.* 25, Q. B. D. ** 99 was a seminal English case on the nature of copyright. In it the court establishes the extent to which copyright protection is given for a work and at which point it crosses the line from “expression”, which is protected, to “idea”, which is not. 84

A company held the copyright in a drawing of a hand, holding a pencil, and drawing a check-mark into a box. The drawing was used on voter cards to help the illiterate in voting. A rival company produced a card with a similar but not identical drawing of a hand drawing a check-mark in a box. They were sued for copyright infringement. The Court mused on how detailed and accurate an imitator must be to constitute copyright infringement. The Court characterized the plaintiff claim as a claim to the subject matter itself. The defendant claimed, on the other hand, that only an exact reproduction could be protected. The Court took a middle ground, ruling that the greater the labor and skill invested into the work the broader the protection will be granted, while simpler works will receive narrower protection. Thomas, J., filed a concurring opinion, in which Ginsburg, JJ., joined: “It seems to me, therefore, that although every drawing of whatever kind may be entitled to registration, the degree and kind of protection given must vary greatly with the character of the drawing, and that with such a drawing as we are dealing with the copyright must be confined to that which is special to the individual drawing over and above the idea...there are scarcely more ways that one of drawing a pencil or the hand that holds it. If the particular arrangement of square, cross, hand, or pencil be relied upon it is nothing more than a claim of copyright for the subject, which in my opinion cannot possibly be supported”. While it is possible for simple drawings to be protected by copyright, where a drawing is considered to be mundane copyright protection has been refused. In this case the plaintiffs were a firm of printers. A member of the firm devised the idea of printing and publishing cards bearing a representation of a hand holding a pencil in the act of completing a cross within a square for the purpose of using such cards as an instruction leaflet for illiterate voters in the marking of their ballot papers. The firm employed an artist to make a drawing of such a hand. Subsequently the defendants published similar cards with a hand holding a pencil in the act of completing a cross in a particular square of voting paper. The hand was depicted in a slightly different position but the idea was taken from the plaintiffs cards. Neither the plaintiff’s nor the defendant’s drawings were considered to be of any artistic merit. It was held that an action for infringement of copyright could not be maintained on the grounds that the plaintiffs’ drawing was not subject to copyright protection and was therefore not entitled to protection against an imitation which was not an exact reproduction.

Exercise 11. Read through the text again and write down the phrases referring to the actions and rulings of the court and legal proceedings. Find suitable Russian equivalents. 85

Exercise 12. Read the judgement and translate it focusing on the underlined phrases. Wills J said: “... I think that I am upon very safe ground in saying that the mere choice of subject can rarely, if ever, confer upon the author of the drawing an exclusive right to represent the subject, and certainly where the subject chosen is merely the representation to the eye of a simple operation which must be performed by every person who records a vote there cannot possibly be an exclusive right to represent that operation in a picture. It may well be that something special in the way of artistic treatment even of this simple operation, if it existed, might be the subject of copyright; but nothing of the kind has been suggested or exists in the present case, and if it does exist without being discovered it has not been imitated, for there is nothing which by any flight of imagination can be called artistic about either the plaintiff’s or the defendants’ representation of a hand making the mark of a cross. It may be also that even the coarsest, or the most commonplace or the most mechanical representation of the commonest object is so far protected on registration that an exact reproduction of it, such as photography for instance would produce, would be an infringement of copyright. But in such a case it must surely be nothing short of an exact literal reproduction of the drawing registered that can constitute the infringement, for there seems to me to be in such a case nothing else that is not the common property of all the world. It is possible that in this case the proprietors of the drawing registered may have a right to be protected from a reproduction of their picture of a hand drawing a cross in which every line, dot, measurement and blank space shall be rendered exactly as in the original, or in which the variation from such minute agreement shall be microscopic. But I cannot see how they can possibly make a higher claim, or say that because they have registered a drawing of a hand pencilling a cross within a square that no other person in the United Kingdom is at liberty to draw a hand pencilling a cross within a square for perhaps the next half century”. On the subject of artistic quality he considered that “The phrase “artistic faculty” which I have used is vague enough; but here, again it is easier to say what is not the product of any artistic faculty than to define what is so; and here it is easy to pronounce that no such faculty has been exercised. No kind of value is given to the article produced by reason of its being a pleasing, a particularly accurate, or a tasteful representation upon paper of the object represented, or by reason of that object itself or the method of treating it appealing in any way to imagination, affection, memory or association. It has less even of such properties than the geometric figures which illustrate a proposition of Euclid, and the kind of moral claim, if I may so speak, which such a drawing has to protection is far more of the nature which attaches 86

to a trade design than to that which belongs to a work of art — a production which has merit or value as and in its character of a drawing, a painting, or a photograph and not simply because it conveys by way of a picture a description or direction which could be just as well put into words, if words were not to many people a sealed book. Without going further, therefore, my judgment would be for the defendant.” *L. R. — Law Reports **Q. B. D. — Queen’s Bench Devision (1876–1890)

Exercise 13. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Каков предмет изобретения, защищенного авторским правом? “Expression” is the nature of copyright for which copyright protection is given. Почему компания «Кенрик» подала иск о нарушении авторских прав на компанию «Лоуренс»? A company held the copyright in a drawing of a hand, holding a pencil, and drawing a check-mark into a box. The drawing was used on voter cards to help the illiterate in voting. A rival company produced a card with a similar but not identical drawing of a hand drawing a check-mark in a box. They were sued for copyright infringement. Что следует определить суду? The Court should muse on how detailed and accurate an imitator must be to constitute copyright infringement. В чем состоит суть дела? In this case the plaintiffs were a firm of printers. A member of the firm devised the idea of printing and publishing cards bearing a representation of a hand holding a pencil in the act of completing a cross within a square for the purpose of using such cards as an instruction leaflet for illiterate voters in the marking of their ballot papers. Subsequently the defendants published similar cards with a hand holding a pencil in the act of completing a cross in a particular square of voting paper. The hand was depicted in a slightly different position but the idea was taken from the plaintiffs’ cards. Претендует ли работа истца или ответчика на художественную ценность? Neither the plaintiff’s nor the defendant’s drawings were considered to be of any artistic merit. Какое решение вынес суд? Почему? It was held that an action for infringement of copyright could not be maintained on the grounds that the plaintiffs’ drawing was not subject to copyright protection and was therefore not entitled to protection against an imitation which was not an exact reproduction. 87

Что вы можете сказать о предмете, претендующем на защиту авторским правом? I think that I am upon very safe ground in saying that the mere choice of subject can rarely, if ever, confer upon the author of the drawing an exclusive right to represent the subject, and certainly where the subject chosen is merely the representation to the eye of a simple operation which must be performed by every person who records a vote there cannot possibly be an exclusive right to represent in a picture that operation. В каком случае данная работа могла бы претендовать на защиту авторским правом? Что выяснил суд? It may well be that something special in the way of artistic treatment even of this simple operation, if it existed, might be the subject of copyright; but nothing of the kind has been suggested or exists in the present case, and if it does exist without being discovered it has not been imitated, for there is nothing which by any flight of imagination can be called artistic about either the plaintiff’s or the defendants’ representation of a hand making the mark of a cross. Почему суд не обнаружил правонарушения? In such a case it must surely be nothing short of an exact literal reproduction of the drawing registered that can constitute the infringement, for there seems to me to be in such a case nothing else that is not the common property of all the world. Что вы можете сказать о художественной ценности работы? Что подразумевает под собой фраза «художественные способности»? “The phrase “artistic faculty” which I have used is vague enough; but here, again it is easier to say what is not the product of any artistic faculty than to define what is so; and here it is easy to pronounce that no such faculty has been exercised. No kind of value is given to the article produced by reason of its being a pleasing, a particularly accurate, or a tasteful representation upon paper of the object represented, or by reason of that object itself or the method of treating it appealing in any way to imagination, affection, memory or association. Каково ваше решение? Without going further, therefore, my judgment would be for the defendant.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 14. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Legal status of broadcasting companies in the Russian Federation. 2. Copyright protection of theatrical performances and TV- shows in the Russian Federation. 3. Related rights and its protection under the Civil Code of the Russian Federation. 88

REVISION Exercise 15. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Статья 1259. Объекты авторских прав

Article 1259. Objects of copyrights

1. Объектами авторских прав являются произведения науки, литературы и искусства независимо от достоинств и назначения произведения, а также от способа его выражения: литературные произведения; драматические и музыкально-драматические произведения, сценарные произведения; хореографические произведения и пантомимы; музыкальные произведения с текстом или без текста; аудиовизуальные произведения; произведения живописи, скульптуры, графики, дизайна, графические рассказы, комиксы и другие произведения изобразительного искусства; произведения декоративно-прикладного и сценографического искусства; произведения архитектуры, градостроительства и садово-паркового искусства, в том числе в виде проектов, чертежей, изображений и макетов; фотографические произведения и произведения, полученные способами, аналогичными фотографии; географические, геологические и другие карты, планы, эскизы и пластические произведения,

1. Objects of copyrights are works of science, literature and art irrespective of work’s values and purpose, as well as method of its expression: literary works; dramatic and musical and dramatic works, script works; choreographic works and pantomimes; musical pieces with text or without text; audiovisual works; works of painting, sculpture, graphics, design, graphic stories, comics and other works of art; works of arts and crafts and scenographic art; works of architecture, townplanning and landscape art, in particular as projects, drawings, images and models; photographic works and works received by methods, similar to photograph; geographic, geologic and other maps, plans, drafts and plastic works, relating to geography, topography and other sciences; other works. The programs for EC that are protected as literary works also belong to objects of copyrights.

89

относящиеся к географии, топографии и к другим наукам; другие произведения. К объектам авторских прав также относятся программы для ЭВМ, которые охраняются как литературные произведения. Статья 1263. Аудиовизуальное произведение

Article 1263. Audiovisual production

1. Аудиовизуальным произведением является произведение, состоящее из зафиксированной серии связанных между собой изображений (с сопровождением или без сопровождения звуком) и предназначенное для зрительного и слухового (в случае сопровождения звуком) восприятия с помощью соответствующих технических устройств. Аудиовизуальные произведения включают кинематографические произведения, а также все произведения, выраженные средствами, аналогичными кинематографическим (теле- и видеофильмы и другие подобные произведения), независимо от способа их первоначальной или последующей фиксации.

1. Audiovisual production is a production, consisting of stated series of interconnected images (with sound or without sound) and intended for visual and auditory (in case of accompanying sound) perception with the help of corresponding technical devices. Audiovisual productions include cinematographic productions, as well as all productions, expressed by the means similar to cinematographic ones (teleand video films and other similar productions), irrespective of the method of their primary or subsequent fixation.

2. Авторами аудиовизуального произведения являются: 1) режиссер-постановщик; 2) автор сценария; 3) композитор, являющийся автором музыкального произведения (с текстом или без текста), специально созданного для этого аудиовизуального произведения.

2. The authors of audiovisual production are: 1) producer; 2) script author; 3) composer, being the author of musical composition (with text or without text), specially created for this audiovisual production.

90

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 16. Translate the case (casus) into English. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. В кинотеатре «Лотос» в большом и малом залах в течение 2012 г.осуществляется показ художественных фильмов — новинок отечественного и зарубежного кинопроката 2012 г. На показ всех кинолент были получены необходимые разрешения. В конце года на имя директора кинотеатра поступила претензия от общественной авторской организации с требованием о взыскании в пользу композиторов авторского вознаграждения за публичное исполнение музыкальных произведений, которые были включены в фильмы. Данное требование вызвало недоумение директора, поскольку музыкальные произведения отдельно от демонстрации фильма в кинотеатре не исполнялись. Директор обратился к знакомому адвокату за консультацией. Дайте консультацию от имени адвоката.

Unit 7 TRADEMARKS: DEFINITION, FUNCTIONS, REGISTRATION AND USE VOCABULARY trademark / trade mark — товарный знак trade name — наименование фирмы, фирменное наименование service mark — знак обслуживания certification mark — удостоверительный знак (происхождение или качество) collective mark — коллективный товарный знак, коллективный знак обслуживания renew the registration — продлить срок регистрации Patent and Trademarks Office (PTO) — Бюро по патентам и товарным знакам be eligible for registration — быть приемлемым для регистрации, отвечать требованиям регистрации deny / refuse registration — отказать в регистрации qualify — отвечать требованиям pending — находящийся в процессе рассмотрения cease and desist letter — требование о прекращении противоправного действия wrongful user — лицо, неправомерно использующее товарный знак distinctive character of a mark — отличительный характер знака generic mark — обобщенное марочное название, нарицательная марка defensive trade mark — защитный торговый знак (идентичный другому товарному знаку, который либо уже зарегистрирован, либо будет зарегистрирован на имя того же владельца и в отношении товара, родственного данному товару) deceptive mark — ложный товарный знак, вводящий в заблуждение detriment — вред, ущерб; 92

blurring — размывание границ, искажение; dilution — размывание, ослабление; tarnishment — действия, порочащие репутацию торговой марки

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and match the questions with the appropriate paragraphs. Answer the questions. 1. How can a trademark be protected? 2. What kinds of trademark can be registered? 3. What rights does trademark registration provide? How long does trademark protection last? 4. What is a service mark? 5. How can trademark registration be maintained? 6. What is a trademark? What is it designed for? A. A trademark or trade mark is a distinctive sign or indicator of some kind which is used by an individual, business organization or other legal entity to uniquely identify the source of its products and/or services to consumers, in other words, a trademark is a sign capable of distinguishing the goods or services of one enterprise from those of other enterprises. A trademark is a type of intellectual property, and thus protected by intellectual property rights. B. Typically a trademark is a word or a combination of words, letters, and numerals can perfectly constitute a trademark. But trademarks may also consist of drawings, symbols, three-dimensional features such as the shape and packaging of goods, non-visible signs such as sounds or fragrances, or color shades used as distinguishing features — the possibilities are almost limitless. C. When a trademark is used in relation to services rather than products, it may sometimes be called a service mark, particularly in the United States. A service mark may be registered for retail services. While it will not be necessary to specify in detail the services for which registration is sought, it will be necessary to specify the goods, or type of goods, to which the retail service relates. D. At the national/regional level, trademark protection can be obtained through registration, by filing an application for registration with the national/ regional trademark office and paying the required fees. At the international level, you have two options: either you can file a trademark application with 93

the trademark office of each country in which you are seeking protection, or you can use WIPO’s Madrid System. E. In principle, a trademark registration will confer an exclusive right to the use of the registered trademark. This implies that the trademark can be exclusively used by its owner, or licensed to another party for use in return for payment. Registration provides legal certainty and reinforces the position of the right holder, for example, in case of litigation. The term of trademark registration can vary, but is usually ten years. It can be renewed indefinitely on payment of additional fees. Trademark rights are private rights and protection is enforced through court orders. F. A related issue that permeates registered trademark law is that of ‘use’. As mentioned above, a trademark registration can be kept on the register indefinitely and so, unlike patents or copyright, a mark need not fall into public domain after a specific time. In consequence a trademark has to be used in order to maintain the registration. The obligation to use has been adopted in almost all jurisdictions.

READING 2 Exercise 2. Read through the article and answer the questions: 1. What is “brand” and in what way does it differ from “trade mark”? 2. Why has a backlash appeared in the society against trade marks and brands? 3. Where does the nub of controversy lie? Current trends In recent years there has been something of a backlash in some sectors of society against the power that trade marks can have over the daily life of a consumer. This campaign has been directed primarily against brands, rather than trade marks on their own. Although there seems to be some discussion and disagreement as to the definition, the terms ‘brand’ and ‘branding’ would appear to refer to the totality of the image that is portrayed in relation to or by a product in the marketplace, and the process of getting it there. A brand is described thus: ‘The intangible sum of a product’s attributes: its name, packaging, and price, its history, its reputation, and the way it’s advertised’. The process of branding can thus be applied to the entire corporate identity as well as to individual products and services. And herein lies the nub of the controversy. In recent years companies have attempted to build whole aspirations, images and lifestyles around a brand. Those that have achieved some 94

success might include ‘Bailey’s Irish Cream’, ‘Pepsi Max’, ‘Levi’s jeans’ and ‘Absolute Vodka’. The message is that if you purchase this particular product, you too can have these experiences, this lifestyle and this success. The effect, so it is argued, is to offer a lifestyle that is dictated by the brand-owner, but which does not necessarily reflect ‘real life’. The ultimate result is that it is the companies who own these brands who determine the way we live, the choice we make and the shape of the world in which we live.

SPEAKING Exercise 3. Summarize the text “Current trends” and express your opinion on the topic, give examples of your own. Make use of the following phrases. the way I see it…; to my mind…; if you ask me…; I think…; I firmly believe etc...

Exercise 4. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Что понимается под товарным знаком? A trademark is a distinctive mark or symbol or device that a manufacturer affixes to the goods he produces so that they may be identified in the market. Является ли товарный знак интеллектуальной собственностью? Yes, a trademark is a type of intellectual property, and typically comprises a name, word, phrase, logo, symbol, design, image, or a combination of these elements. Товарный знак это не тоже самое, что фирменное наименование? No, it shouldn’t be confused with a trade name, which is a name used in the trade to designate as an entity the particular business of certain individuals or sometimes to designate a class of goods. Вы не могли бы привести пример? The registered name identifies both the goods and the persons selling or making them, whereas a registered trade mark designates only the product. For example, the product “Sunshine Cola Drink” could be a subject of a trademark, and the “Sunshine Soft Drink Company” could be a trade name. Существуют ли еще какие-нибудь знаки для обозначения товаров и услуг? There are also service marks, certification marks and collective marks. Поясните, пожалуйста, чем отличается товарный знак от знака обслуживания? When a trademark is used in relation to services rather than products, it may sometimes be called a service mark, particularly in the United States. 95

Service marks may be registered in connection with services. These are provided for in classes 35–45 of the Nice classification and include inter alia insurance and financial affairs; education and the provision of training; sporting and cultural activities; services for providing food and drink; and medical and veterinary services. А каких случаях используется «удостоверительный знак»? A certification mark is a symbol, name or device used by an organization to vouch for products and services provided by others. This type of mark may cover a characteristic such as regional origin, method of manufacture, product quality and service accuracy. For example, Rioja wines (Spanish wines from the Rioja region). Обязательно ли регистрировать товарный знак, чтобы получить защиту? Though trademark rights are acquired without registration, it is advisable to register a trademark and to register it under federal law. Значит ли это, что регистрация на федеральном уровне дает преимущества? Federal registration is preferable, because the benefits of state registration are available only in the state of registration. The benefits of federal registration are available nationwide. На какой срок регистрируется товарный знак? Federal registration lasts initially for ten years. The registration is renewable for consecutive ten-year periods. State registration and renewal period vary from state to state. Какая информация должна быть включена в заявку на регистрацию товарного знака? A registration application typically asks for: 1) a description of the trademark; 2) an explanation of how the applicant is using it or plans to use it in the future; 3) a statement that the applicant believes no one else has a right to use it. Application for federal registration also requires the showing that the applicant is involved in interstate commerce. Что происходит после того как Бюро по патентам и товарным знакам сочтет знак приемлемым для регистрации? Next, the PTO publishes the trademark in the Official Gazette (a publication of the US Patent and Trademark Office). The Gazette states that the mark is a candidate for registration; this provides existing trademark owners with an opportunity to object to the registration. If someone objects, the PTO will schedule a hearing to resolve the dispute. Какие товарные знаки подлежат регистрации? For a trademark to be registered in the patent office, it must be a distinctive design, combination of letters, words, or figures, and must be shown to be first adopted and used by the applicant. A каким знакам будет отказано в регистрации? The PTO won’t register a trademark if it is devoid of a distinctive character, has become a word commonly used in the trade or already in use. 96

Most jurisdictions totally exclude certain types of terms and symbols from registration as trademarks, including the emblems, insignia and flags of nations, certain organisations and the modern Olympic Games, marks which are deceptive as to the origin of their associated products or services (eg as to their geographic origin), and marks comprising signs which are contrary to accepted principles of morality (eg marks which are obscene). As well as marks which contain words or symbols that disparage living or deceased persons, institutions, beliefs. Возможно ли использование имени собственного в качестве товарного знака? It depends on the name. A mark that is primarily a surname (last name) does not qualify for protection under federal law unless the name becomes well-known as a mark through advertising or long use. If this happens, the mark is said to have “secondary meaning”. McDonald’s and Calvin Klein are just a few of the hundreds of surnames that have become effective and protected marks over time. А может заявитель провести собственное исследование уже существующих знаков, чтобы избежать повтора при регистрации? Yes. One can do his own search for free on the Internet by visiting the US Patent and Trademark Office’s website. Or one can visit one of the Patent and Trademark Depository Libraries, available in every state. These libraries offer a combination of hardcover directories of federally registered marks and an online data base of both registered marks and marks for which a registration application is pending. При каких обстоятельствах владелец товарного знака может воспрепятствовать использованию знака другими лицами? Whether the owner of a trademark can stop others from using it depends on such factors as: whether the trademark is being used on competing goods or services; whether the consumer would likely be confused by the dual use of the trademark; whether the trademark is being used in the same part of the country or is being used on related goods. Каким образом владелец товарного знака может защитить свои права в случае их нарушения? Typically, the owner will begin by sending a letter, called a “cease and desist letter” to the wrongful user, demanding that he stop using the mark. If the wrongful user continues to infringe the mark, the owner can file a lawsuit to stop the improper use. В какой суд подается иск? The lawsuit is usually filed in federal court if the mark is used in more than one state or country, and in state court if the dispute is between purely local marks. In additional to preventing further use of the mark, a trademark owner can sometimes obtain money damages from the wrongful user. 97

Какие средства судебной защиты применяются для защиты владельца товарного знака? If a trademark owner proves in a federal court that the infringing use is likely to confuse the consumer and that he suffered economically as a result of the infringement the competitor may have to pay the owner damages based on the loss. Какие еще возможны способы возмещения убытков? Not quite. If the court finds that the competitor intentionally copied the owner’s trademark, or at least should have known about the mark, the competitor may have to give up the profits he made by using the mark as well as pay other damages, such as punitive damages, fines or attorney fees.

READING 3 Exercise 5. Read through the text and answer the question What are the main functions of trademarks? Interpret the text into Russian. Trademark: functions The essential function of a trademark is to exclusively identify the commercial source or origin of products or services, such that a trademark, properly called, indicates the source or serves as a badge of origin. The use of a trademark in this way is known as trademark use, and a trademark owner seeks to enforce its rights or interests in a trademark by preventing unauthorized trademark use. Certain exclusive rights attach to a registered mark, which can be enforced by way of an action for trademark infringement, while unregistered trademark rights may be enforced pursuant to the common law tort of passing off. However, what is important for those who buy goods is to know the quality of the goods they are purchasing. And this leads to the second important function of a trade mark, a sub-set of the origin function, and that is a registered trade mark indicates to the consumer the quality of the particular goods or services sold in connection with a particular mark. The quality function has been emphasized by the House of Lords: ‘The quality of goods on offer is at the heart of all trading activities. As long as trading has existed, buyers have sought information and assurance about the quality of the merchandise on display. The use of trade marks is an integral part of this activity’. A third function of a trade mark is that of advertising the goods or services sold by the trader in connection with the mark. Many traders invest not only time and effort, but also substantial sums in bringing a particular mark to the attention of the public. A trade mark is a vehicle for communicating a message to the public, and itself represents financial value. This message is incorporated into the trade mark through use, especially for advertising purposes, which enables the trade 98

mark to assume the message itself, whether informatively or symbolically. The message may refer to the product’s qualities, or indeed to intangible values such as luxury, lifestyle, exclusivity, adventure, youth, etc.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate phrases. Translate the text. descriptive; fanciful; arbitrary; genericized; suggestive; generic term Registrability and distinctive character A trademark may be eligible for registration, registrable, or if amongst other things it performs the essential trademark function, and has a distinctive character. Registrability can be understood as a continuum, with “inherently distinctive” marks at one end, “generic” and “descriptive” marks with no distinctive character at the other end, and “suggestive” and “arbitrary” marks lying between these two points. • A … trademark is prima facie registrable, and comprises an entirely invented or “fanciful” sign. For example, “Kodak” had no meaning before it was adopted and used as a trademark in relation to goods, whether photographic goods or otherwise. Invented marks are neologisms which will not previously have been found in any dictionary. • An … trademark is usually a common word which is used in a meaningless context (e.g. “Apple” for computers). Such marks consist of words or images which have some dictionary meaning before being adopted as trademarks, but which are used in connection with products or services unrelated to that dictionary meaning. For example, Salty would be an arbitrary mark if it was used in connection with telephones, egSalty Telephones, as the term “salt” has no particular connection with such products. • A … trademark tends to indicate the nature, quality, or a characteristic of the products or services in relation to which it is used, but does not describe this characteristic, and requires imagination on the part of the consumer to identify the characteristic. Suggestive marks invoke the consumer’s perceptive imagination. An example of a suggestive mark might be Salty used in connection with sailing gear. • A … mark is a term with a dictionary meaning which is used in connection with products or services directly related to that meaning. An example might be Salty used in connection with saltine crackers or anchovies. Such terms are not registrable unless it can be shown 99

that a distinctive character has been established in the term through extensive use in the market place • A … term is the common name for the products or services in connection with which it is used, such as “salt” when used in connection with sodium chloride. A generic term is not capable of serving the essential trademark function of distinguishing the products or services of a business from the products or services of other businesses, and therefore cannot be afforded any legal protection. This is because there has to be some term which may generally be used by anyone—including other manufacturers—to refer to a product without using some organization’s proprietary trademark. Marks which become generic after losing their distinctive character are known as … . It can be seen from the examples above that the distinctive character of a term is closely related to the products or services in relation to which the term is used.

Exercise 7. Translate from English into Russian focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. A trademark is said to have many roles: an indication of origin; a quality indicator; a method of advertisement and an investment vehicle. 2. Now, it is said that it is the association of a trademark with goods and services (the origin) that sells products to the consumers, rather than the expertise of the shopkeeper. 3. It is also argued that trade marks have other functions, which might be termed ‘communication’, investment, or advertising function. 4. Those functions are said to arise from the fact that the investment in the promotion of a product is built around the mark. 5. It is accordingly reasoned that those functions are values which deserve protection as such, even when there is no abuse arising from misrepresentations about either origin or quality. 6. The standard to be applied is that of the reasonable person with normal levels of sensitivity and tolerance for a mark to be considered deceptive there needs to be evidence of actual deceit or a sufficiently serious risk that the consumer will be deceived. 7. In cases of this type it is for the trader alleging consent, i.e. the defendant/importer to prove it, and not for the trademark proprietor to demonstrate its absence. 8. Rather the question becomes one of whether the use by the competitor of the sign dilutes the mark in the sense of taking unfair advantage of the reputation or being detrimental to the distinctive character or reputation of the earlier mark. 9. Not only is it possible to obtain a trademark covering the UK, but since 1994 it has been open to traders to register a Community Trade Mark (CTM), normally effective throughout the territory of member states of the EU. 100

10. Revocation can occur where the use of a mark is liable to mislead the public as to the nature, quality or geographical origin of the goods and services; if the use becomes misleading and if the mark becomes generic.

READING 4 Exercise 8. Read through the text and answer the questions. Translate the text. 1. What is dilution of a trade mark? 2. What may be harmful for the reputation of a trade mark? Why? 3. When is the reputation of a trade mark considered to be tarnished? Give your own examples. 4. What is blurring? Why is it dangerous for a trade mark? Detriment The issue of the use of a sign being detrimental to the distinctive character or reputation of a mark has been referred to generally as ‘dilution’. Dilution could be generally described as the whittling away of the distinctive character of a trade mark and can be used to refer to both tarnishment and blurring. Detrimental to the reputation — tarnishment The reputation of a mark can be tarnished: where the use of the sign is detrimental to the reputation of the well known mark. An example might be by using a phonetically similar word for household cleaner as is registered for an expensive alcoholic beverage. It is said that detriment by tarnishment takes place where the mark is: — linked with the goods of poor quality or which evoke undesirable or questionable mental association which conflicts with the associations or image generated by legitimate use of the trade mark by its proprietor; — linked with the goods which are incompatible with the quality and prestige associated with the trade mark, even though it is not a matter of inappropriate use of the trade mark in itself; — amended or altered in a negative way. In essence, the mark with the reputation ceases to convey desirable messages to the public. Detrimental to the distinctive character — blurring Blurring has been described as ‘the gradual whittling away or dispersion of the identity and hold upon the public mind of the mark or name by its use on non-competing goods’ such as, for example, the use of a prestige mark in association with T-shirts and window cleaning services. It will be detriment to the distinctive character where the mark with a reputation is no longer capable of arousing immediate association with the goods for which it is registered and used, thus the original exclusive quality of the mark would 101

be lost. However, it has been suggested that where there is no tarnishment or confusion, then no real or verifiable damage would occur. In order to show that the distinctive character of a mark will be blurred, it has to be shown that the earlier mark has a reputation for a limited category of goods. If a third party uses the same or similar mark for dissimilar goods or services so the ‘singularity of that association’ would be whittled away.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 9. Match the concepts with their definitions and translate. 1. collective trademark

a) it is used to prevent trademark infringement, can be applied for by a trademark owner of a well known trademark for goods or services that are not intended to be used by that owner.

2. certification b) the blurring of distinctiveness of a mark such trademark that it is no longer capable of arousing an immediate association with the goods or services for which it is registered and used. In most cases, it involves an unauthorized use of another’s trademark on products that do not compete with, and have little connection with, those of the trademark owner. 3. trademark dilution

c) a mark indicating that the goods or services in connection with which it is used are certified by the proprietor of the mark in respect of origin, material, mode of manufacture of goods or performance of services, quality, accuracy or other characteristics and is designed to indicate that the quality of the goods or services meets certain criteria.

4. deceptive mark

d) a mark distinguishing the goods or services of members of the association which is the proprietor of the mark from those of other undertakings and is designed to indicate who can use the mark, for example, members of the association.

5. genericized trademark

e) a mark suggests that the goods are made from specific materials if that is in fact not the case.

6. defensive mark

f) a trademark which is popularly used to describe a product or service rather than to distinguish the product or services from those of third parties. 102

Exercise 10. Fill in the gaps with the appropriate prepositions and translate the sentences. in relation to (3); with (3); while; through (3); in; upon; for; between 1. If such a mark becomes synonymous … that product or service to the extent that the trademark owner can no longer enforce its proprietary rights, the mark has become generic. 2. The™ symbol may be used when trademark rights are claimed … a mark, but the mark has not been registered … the government trademarks office of a particular country or jurisdiction, … the ® is used to indicate that the mark has been so registered. 3. Proprietary rights … a trademark may be established … actual use … the marketplace, or … registration of the mark … the trademarks office. 4. Certain jurisdictions generally do not recognize trademarks rights arising … use. 5. A registered trademark confers a bundle of exclusive rights … the registered owner, including the right to exclusive use of the mark … the products or services … which it is registered. 6. Non-distinctive, descriptive and customary marks are all excluded … registration unless they have become distinctive … use. 7. The exclusivity reflects the function of a trade mark as an indication of origin and provides a balance as … the interests of the would-be trade mark owner and competitors in the field.

Exercise 11. Give English equivalents. Пагубный, причиняющий ущерб; размывание границ, искажение; размывание, ослабление; уничтожать; действия, порочащие репутацию торговой марки; удостоверительный знак; коллективный товарный знак; продлить срок регистрации; быть приемлемым для регистрации; отказать в регистрации; требование о прекращении противоправного действия; лицо, неправомерно использующее товарный знак; отличительный характер знака; обобщенное марочное название; защитный торговый знак; ложный товарный знак, вводящий в заблуждение.

Exercise 12. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. Фирменное наименование юридического лица служит для его идентификации с целью выделения среди других. 2. Весьма важно, чтобы наименование юридического лица не использовалось другими участниками рыночных отношений, особенно с плохой репутацией. Поэтому надлежащая охрана фирменного наи103

менования обеспечивает интересы не только самого юридического лица, но и потребителей его товаров. 3. Фирменным знаком и знаком обслуживания являются обозначения, служащие для индивидуализации товаров, выполняемых работ или оказываемых услуг юридических и физических лиц. 4. Можно выделить три основные функции товарных знаков. Первая — идентификационная, обеспечивающая выделение товара среди других подобных и указание на источник его происхождения. Вторая — донесение до потребителя информации о качестве товара. Даже если товарный знак не гарантирует высокое качество, он гарантирует его стабильность. Третья — рекламная функция. 5. Наименование места происхождения товара — это обозначение, представляющее собой либо содержащее современное или историческое наименование страны, населенного пункта, местности или другого географического объекта. 6. Обеспечивая правовую охрану наименования мест происхождения товара, государство защищает и стимулирует развитие традиционных ремесел и промыслов.

LISTENING Exercise 13. Listen to the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate words. Maintaining trademark rights — abandonment and genericide Trademarks rights must be 1. … through actual use of the trademark. These rights will 2. … over time if a mark is not actively used. In the case of a trademark registration, failure to actively use the mark, or to enforce the registration in the event of infringement, may also expose the registration itself to 3. … from the register after a certain period of time. All jurisdictions with a mature trademark registration system provide a mechanism for removal in the event of such non-use, which is usually a period of either 4. … or 5. … years. In the U.S., 6. … to use a trademark for this period of time, aside from the corresponding impact on product quality, will result in 7. … of the mark, whereby any party may use the mark. An abandoned mark is not irrevocably in the 8. … …, but may instead be re-registered by any party which has re-established exclusive and active use, and must be associated or linked with the original mark owner. Further, if a court rules that a trademark has become “9. …” through common use (such that the mark no longer performs the essential trademark function and the average consumer no longer considers that exclusive rights attach to it), the corresponding registration may also be ruled 10. … For example, the Bayer company’s trademark “Aspirin” has been ruled generic in the United States, so other companies may use that name for acetyl104

salicylic acid as well (although it is still a trademark in Canada). 11. … for copiers and Band-Aid for adhesive bandages are both trademarks which are at risk of succumbing to 12. …, which the respective trademark owners actively seek to prevent. In order to prevent marks becoming generic, trademark owners often contact those who appear to be using the trademark incorrectly, from web page authors to dictionary editors, and request that they 13. … the improper usage. The proper use of a trademark means using the mark as an 14. …, not as a noun or a verb, though for certain trademarks, use as nouns and, less commonly, verbs is common. For example, Adobe sent e-mails to many web authors using the term “photoshopped” telling them that they should only use the term “15. … by Adobe® Photoshop® software.” VeriPic likewise sends e-mails to reviewers using the term “VeriPic your digital photos” telling them that the proper usage of the term is “16. … by the VeriPic® Digital Photo Lab® secured photo database software.” Xerox has also purchased print advertisements declaring that “you cannot ‘17. …’ a document, but you can copy it on a Xerox Brand copying machine.” Such efforts may or may not be successful in preventing 18. … in the long run, which depends less on the mark owner’s efforts and more on how the public actually 19. … and uses the mark. In fact, legally it is more important that the trademark holder visibly and actively seems to attempt to prevent its trademark from becoming generic, regardless of real success.

Exercise 14. Listen to the text again and answer the questions. 7. Can you think of any other marks that have become generic? 8. What measures could be taken by a proprietor of a registered trademark in order to ensure that his mark does not become generic?

SPEAKING Exercise 15. Discuss these questions in pairs and express your opinion. 1. The area of registered trademarks has attracted more case law at European level than any intellectual property right. Why do you think this is so? 2. Can you think of any sign or trademark which might be refused registration on the grounds that it might be deceptive? 3. What requirements should be met for a trademark to be registrable?

PROJECT WORK Exercise 16. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Registration of a trademark: absolute and relative grounds for refusal. (The UK/the USA/the RF). 105

2. Collective and certification trade marks. 3. The Community Trade Mark system (The EU): advantages and disadvantages. 4. Revocation of a trademark: non-use, generic words, quality control. 5. Deceptive marks and marks prohibited.

REVISION Exercise 17. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1477. Trademark and service mark

Статья 1477. Товарный знак и знак обслуживания

1. The exclusive right, certified by the certificate on trademark, is recognized to trademark, that is name, used for individualization of legal persons’ or sole traders’ goods (article 1481).

1. На товарный знак, то есть на обозначение, служащее для индивидуализации товаров юридических лиц или индивидуальных предпринимателей, признается исключительное право, удостоверяемое свидетельством на товарный знак (ст. 1481).

2. The rules of the present Code on trademarks are correspondingly applied to service marks, that is names, used for individualization of work executed by legal persons or services rendered by them.

2. Правила настоящего Кодекса о товарных знаках соответственно применяются к знакам обслуживания, то есть к обозначениям, служащим для индивидуализации выполняемых юридическими лицами либо индивидуальными предпринимателями работ или оказываемых ими услуг.

Article 1483. Grounds for rejection in state registration of trademark

Статья 1483. Основания для отказа в государственной регистрации товарного знака

1. The state registration of the following designations as trademarks, not having distinctive ability or consisting only of elements is not permitted:

1. Не допускается государственная регистрация в качестве товарных знаков обозначений, не обладающих различительной способностью или состоящих только из элементов:

106

1) putting in general use for designating goods of certain type;

1) вошедших во всеобщее употребление для обозначения товаров определенного вида; 2) являющихся общепринятыми символами и терминами; 3) характеризующих товары, в том числе указывающих на их вид, качество, количество, свойство, назначение, ценность, а также на время, место и способ их производства или сбыта; 4) представляющих собой форму товаров, которая определяется исключительно или главным образом свойством либо назначением товаров. Указанные элементы могут быть включены в товарный знак как неохраняемые элементы, если они не занимают в нем доминирующего положения.

2) being generally accepted symbols and terms; 3) characterizing goods, in particular, indicating on their type, quality, quantity, property, purpose, value, as well as time, place and method of their production or sale; 4) having the form of goods that is defined exclusively or mainly by property or purpose of goods. The mentioned elements can be included in the trademark as unprotected elements, if they have no dominant position in it.

3. The state registration of designations as trademarks, containing the following elements, is not permitted:

2) conflicting with public interest, principles of humanity and morality.

3. Не допускается государственная регистрация в качестве товарных знаков обозначений, представляющих собой или содержащих элементы: 1) являющиеся ложными или способными ввести в заблуждение потребителя относительно товара либо его изготовителя; 2) противоречащие общественным интересам, принципам гуманности и морали.

Article 1510. Right to collective mark

Статья 1510. Право на коллективный знак

1. The association of the persons, which creation and activity do not conflict with the state’s legislation in which it was created, has the right to register collective mark in the RF.

1. Объединение лиц, создание и деятельность которого не противоречат законодательству государства, в котором оно создано, вправе зарегистрировать в Российской Федерации коллективный знак.

1) being false or capable to mislead customer concerning goods or their producer;

107

The collective mark is a trademark, intended for designation of goods, produced or sold by persons, included in this association, and having same characteristics of their quality or other common characteristics. The collective mark can be used by any person, included in the association.

Коллективный знак является товарным знаком, предназначенным для обозначения товаров, производимых или реализуемых входящими в данное объединение лицами и обладающих едиными характеристиками их качества или иными общими характеристиками. Коллективным знаком может пользоваться каждое из входящих в объединение лиц.

2. The right to collective mark can not be alienated and be the subject of license contract.

2. Право на коллективный знак не может быть отчуждено и не может быть предметом лицензионного договора.

3. The person, included in the association that has registered collective mark, has the right to use its trade mark alongside with collective mark.

3. Лицо, входящее в объединение, которое зарегистрировало коллективный знак, вправе пользоваться своим товарным знаком наряду с коллективным знаком.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 18. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Коллегия адвокатов «Ваша защита» в своей деятельности несколько лет использовала символику, включающую изображение рукопожатия и надпись, содержащую название коллегии. Символика применялась на бланках, штампах, вывесках на дверях офиса, официальном сайте коллегии. Узнав о том, что подобную символику (содержащую надпись «Мы — Ваша защита») начала использовать вновь образованная коллегия в соседнем городе, коллегия «Ваша защита» обратилась в Арбитражный суд с требованием о защите прав на коммерческое обозначение. 1. Подлежит ли требование удовлетворению? 2. Может ли у некоммерческих организаций возникнуть право на товарный знак (знак обслуживания) или на коммерческое обозначение? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 8 IP AND BUSINESS: TRADEMARK COEXISTENCE

VOCABULARY abandon a trademark — отказаться от товарного знака, не использовать товарный знак maintain a patent / a right in relation to a trademark — заявлять права на патент, сохранять патент в силе/сохранять право на товарный знак в силе police rights — следить за соблюдением прав in good faith — добросовестно, честно trespass on each other’s territories conclude a formal co-existence agreement — заключить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков concurrent use — одновременное использование a delimited geographical area — определять границы территории contravene the trademark coexistence agreement — нарушить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков counterfeit — подделка, фальшивка, контрафакт renouncehis right — отказаться от права factual indicia — фактический признак burden of attribution — бремя установления авторства estoppel — процессуальный отвод

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the article and complete the spaces (1–5) using the sentences (a — e). a) The problems start if this distinguishing function no longer works because the businesses for which the trademarks were originally used begin to overlap. 109

b) In a formal trademark coexistence agreement both parties recognize the right of the other to their respective mark and agree the terms on which they may exist together in the market place. c) Trademark coexistence describes a situation in which two different enterprises use a similar or identical trademark to market a product or service without necessarily interfering with each other’s businesses. d) But neither company foresaw that the future development of digital music technologies was to bring the two fields much closer together. The case of Apple Corps, the record label founded by the Beatles, and Apple Computer illustrates the difficulties (see WIPO Magazine 3/2006). Trademark Coexistence 1) _____________________. Often trademarks consist of the family name of the person who started a business and, where that name is a common one, it is not unusual to find similar businesses under the same or similar names. None of this need lead to conflict or litigation, as long as the trademarks in question continue to perform their main function, namely to distinguish the goods or services for which they are used from those of competitors. 2) _____________________. Thus trademarks which had happily coexisted at one time may suddenly enter into a conflict. This is particular frustrating where both businesses use their identical trademarks in good faith, but because of business expansion start to trespass on each other’s territories. In some cases, when two companies are aware that they are using similar or identical trademarks, they may choose to conclude a formal co-existence agreement in order to prevent the future use of the two marks overlapping in such a way as to become undesirable or infringing. In certain common law jurisdictions, the concept of “honest concurrent use” may apply. This takes into account the nature and length of use, the geographical area of trade, and the honesty of the adoption and subsequent use of the mark. A long period of concurrent use (at least five years) may help to overcome an opposition, and allow the two marks to coexist. However, a finding of honest concurrent use depends on a number of factors, including the likelihood of consumer confusion. Cases in which both parties are granted registration with, for example, a delimited geographical area of use for each company’s mark, seem therefore to be an exception rather than the rule. “Come Together” 3) _____________________. Such coexistence may be based on a division of the territories in which each holder may operate, or on a delimitation of their respective fields of use, i.e. regarding the goods or services on which they are used. 110

The real challenge, however, lies in anticipating the future development of each company’s activities. Where would each company like to see itself in ten or twenty years’ time? 4) _____________________. The two companies entered into a trademark coexistence agreement in 1991. This provided that Apple Computer would have the exclusive right to use its Apple marks “on or in connection with electronic goods, computer software, data processing and data transmission services”; while Apple Corps would have the exclusive right to use its own Apple trademarks “on or in connection with any current or future creative work whose principle content was music and/or musical performances, regardless of the means by which those works were recorded, or communicated, whether tangible or intangible.” Thus, although the two companies had confusingly similar trademarks, they identified an area in which they were distinct — i.e. fields of use — and this became the basis of their coexistence agreement. The agreement permitted the two companies to continue to do business and build on their reputations without infringing on each other’s rights. 5) ____________________. When Apple Computers launched the iPod and the iTunes software and music store, Apple Corps sued, claiming that Apple Computers had trespassed into the area exclusively reserved for Apple Corps, thus contravening the trademark coexistence agreement. The court looked at the issue from the point of view of the consumer and held that there had been no breach of the agreement as the Apple Computers logo had been used in connection with the software and not with the music provided by the service. No consumer downloading music using the iTunes software would think they were interacting with Apple Corps. Despite the coexistence agreement, expensive litigation was not avoided in this case. As in all agreements, therefore, it is advisable to include a clause on dispute settlement for when problems arise in the future.

Exercise 2. Read trough the text again and answer these questions. 1. What does trademark coexistence mean? 2. What does a trademark coexistence agreement provide? Does this agreement prevent all possible conflicts in the future? 3. What was the basis of the coexistence agreement between Apple Computers and Apple Corps (what they identified in their coexistence agreement)? 4. Why did Apple Corp bring a suit against Apple Computers? What was the decision of the court? Why? 5. What clause should be included in a coexistence agreement to avoid expensive litigation? 111

READING 2 Exercise 3. Read through the article and answer the question What policy of the EEA is known as Fortress Europe? Interpret the article into Russian. Trademark Law: “Trade marks up in smoke?” Mastercigars has unraveled the complexities of parallel importation says Denis McFarland In brief • Proof of consent to marketing within the EEA* • Consent need not be express, it may be implied • Unequivocal implied consent must be shown as a matter of reality, not theory A recent Court of Appeal decision in which the issue of parallel importation of trade marked goods was reviewed has resulted in a decision packed with common sense and demystification of a complex area of EU law. The judgment was handed down on 8 March 2007 in Mastercigars Direct v Hunters &Frankau Ltd. The goods in issue were consignments of habanos, which are hand-made Cuban cigars. It was alleged at trial that the consignments were counterfeit, and amounted to trade mark infringement, as unlawful parallel imports. At first instance (…) Judge Michael Fysh QC, sitting as a High Court judge, gave a lengthy judgment. The trial lasted 16 days, Judge Fysh concluded that the major part had been dealing with the counterfeit issues. These allegations were dismissed and were not the subject of any appeal. Practical decision The question of consent within the meaning of Arts 5–7 of the First Council Directive 89/104/EEC has been fully considered and explored in Zino Davidoff SA v A&G Imports Ltd. Davidoff has been followed in many cases in the EU and UK, usually to the detriment of the importer. It is the reversal of fortune on the part of the importer in the present case that has caused particular interest in the Mastercigars decision. In Davidoff the European Court of Justice held that relevant and sufficient consent may be expressed or, in exceptional circumstances, implied where from the facts and circumstances prior to, simultaneous with, or subsequent to the goods being placed on the market outside the European Economic Area (EEA), the trade mark owner has unequivocally demonstrated that he has renounced his right to oppose placing the goods on the market in the EEA. In his leading judgment, Lord Justice Jacob delivered pithy and practical observations, helpfully outlining what may be the views of the general public: 112

“I suppose nearly all members of the public would think that you cannot infringe a trade mark if you are just selling the genuine goods of the proprietor to which he has applied his trade mark. Many (probably most) trade mark lawyers think that ought to be the rule… So the public would be surprised to know (and perhaps somewhat resentful of the fact) that the law of the EEA is such that** if genuine goods are available outside Europe, much cheaper than they are here, traders cannot buy them and import them for sale here, unless the trade mark owner has consented. Even though the trade mark tells the truth, its use can be prevented without that consent. The policy behind this rule has been called Fortress Europe”. In cases of this type it is for the trader alleging consent, i.e. the defendant/ importer to prove it, and not for the trade mark proprietor to demonstrate its absence. Such burden of attribution can create practical problems, in that the disclosure and evidence often central to assessing the true control, and issuance of consent lies with the party that does not bear the burden of proof. Implied consent cannot be inferred from ‘neutrality’ on the part of the trade mark owner, but its silence and/or failure to provide relevant disclosure can mean that the trader will find it difficult, or impossible, to discharge its burden of proof. Consent may be given expressly, or implied, by the trade mark owner or by another with sufficient authority to give it. This issue was discussed in paras 24–29 of Jacob LJ’s judgment and, concluding at para 30, he advised against becoming overly enmeshed in “too theoretical matters”. He said: “I think one must focus on what is really happening, on actual knowledge and actual, practical control or the right of control by the trade mark owner. In this case this means concentrating on the acts of HSA (the defendant) and its legal and de facto powers of control. Do they, taken overall, lead to the unequivocal conclusion that HSA consented to the sale of the consignments in Europe?” In reviewing the evidence, minutes of meeting from 2003 and 2004 were of the key importance in giving the court a “window” into the day-today operations of the relevant individuals from HSA, Cuban customs and certain government ministry officials. Their Lordships also noted from the evidence other factual indicia of de facto control by HSA over the relevant sales channels and distribution network. Following a review of the evidence, Jacob LJ concluded: “It seems to me blindingly obvious that HSA are saying, in effect to the Casas ‘you can sell these small but commercial quantities to foreigners… so they can take them home to sell’. And that leads ineluctably to the conclusion that consent to the use of the trade marks on the purchaser’s home market is given. The ‘unequivocal’ test is passed”. At the para 47 he said: “I think that this conclusion applies as much to purchases by Europeans for sale within Europe as it does elsewhere.” 113

There are lessons to be learned from this decision, which focuses on the need to review the day-to-day conduct of the parties and the transactions in issue. The crucial question is: are the acts about which the parties have adduced evidence “taken together consistent only with such consent”? Denise MacFarland is a barrister and mediator at intellectual property chambers Three New Square *The EEA — The European Economic Area (NEW LAW Journal Vol. 157, No. 7268 13 April 2007)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 4. Match the words to form collocations as they appear in the article “Trade marks up in smoke?” Give Russian equivalents. 1. to unravel

a) of consent

2. to give

b) of meeting

3. reversal

c) of attribution

4. burden

d) a lengthy judgment

5. issuance

e) of fortune

6. minutes

f) the complexities

Exercise 5. Match these words and phrases from the article “Trade marks up in smoke?” (1–9) with their synonyms (a — i). Give Russian equivalents. 1. parallel importation

a) to affix

2. to demystify, demystification

b) to Bring down a judgment

3. to hand down a judgment

c) to make clear

4. to unequivocally demonstrate

d) to produce proofs

5. helpfully

e) to unambiguously demonstrate

6. proprietor

f) grey market import

7. to apply a trade mark to

g) owner, possessor

8. to adduce evidence

h) kindly

9. ineluctably

i) unavoidably; inescapably 114

Exercise 6. Contextualize the following words and phrases. — consent need not be express; unequivocal implied consent; consignments of habanos; counterfeit; amounted to trade mark infringement; unlawful parallel imports; — to the detriment of the importer; the reversal of fortune; unequivocally demonstrated; has renounced; — leading judgment; helpfully outlining; the genuine goods of the proprietor; somewhat resentful of the fact; genuine goods; Fortress Europe; — burden of attribution; cannot be inferred from ‘neutrality’; to discharge the burden of proof; with sufficient authority; — de facto powers of control; leads ineluctably to the conclusion; lessons to be learned.

SPEAKING Exercise 7. Summarize the article “Trade marks up in smoke”? making use of the following phrases. the article surveys (tackles; reveals) the problem of…; the particular concern of the article…; the article calls (draws) our attention to…; the author summarizes the results…; in conclusion the article reads/the author comes to the conclusion….

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 8. Read the text comparing trademarks, patents, designs and copyright (the USA) and fill in the gaps with appropriate words or phrases. Answer the question What types of intellectual property are known as industrial property? Why? Designs; intellectual; copyright (2); trademark (2); patent; industrial; maintain; enforce; the public domain; revoked While … law seeks to protect indications of the commercial source of products or services, … law generally seeks to protect new and useful inventions, and registered … law generally seeks to protect the look or appearance of a manufactured article. Trademarks, patents and designs collectively form a subset of …property known as … property because they are often created and used in an industrial or commercial context. 115

By comparison, … law generally seeks to protect original literary, artistic and other creative works. Although intellectual property laws such as these are theoretically distinct, more than one type may afford protection to the same article. For example, the particular design of a bottle may qualify for … protection as a non-utilitarian [sculpture], or for … protection based on its shape, or the ‘trade dress’ appearance of the bottle as a whole may be protectable. Titles and character names from books or movies may also be protectable as trademarks while the works from which they are drawn may qualify for copyright protection as a whole. Drawing these distinctions is necessary but often challenging for the courts and lawyers, especially in jurisdictions such as the United States, where patents and copyrights will eventually expire into … but trademarks do not. Unlike patents and copyrights, which in theory are granted for one-off fixed terms, trademarks remain valid as long as the owner actively uses and defends them and maintains their registrations with the applicable jurisdiction’s trademarks office. This often involves payment of a periodic renewal fee. As a trademark must be used in order to … rights in relation to that mark, a trademark can be ‘abandoned’ or its registration can be cancelled or … if the mark is not continuously used. By comparison, patents and copyrights cannot be ‘abandoned’ and a patent holder or copyright owner can generally … their rights without taking any particular action to maintain the patent or copyright. Additionally, patent holders and copyright owners may not necessarily need to actively police their rights. However, a failure to bring a timely infringement suit or action against a known infringer may give the defendant a defense of implied consent or estoppel when suit is finally brought.

Exercise 9. Make up five sentences comparing trademarks, patents, designs and copyright. Make use of the following speech connectors and prepositions. While; by comparison; in contrast to; unlike; as opposed to 1. … trademark law seeks to protect … patent law seeks to protect … and registered designs law seeks to protect. 2. … trademarks, patents and designs collectively form … copyright lawgenerally seeks to protect ... 3. … titles and character names from books or movies may be protectable as … and the works from which they are drawn may qualify for ... 4. … patents and copyrights, which in theory are granted for oneoff fixed terms ... trademarks remain valid as long as the owner … and maintain ,,, 116

5. … patents and copyrights cannot be ... and a patent holder or copyright owner can generally enforce their rights without … to maintain the patent or copyright … and trademarks ...

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 10. Give Russian equivalents. To police rights; likelihood of confusion; unequivocal implied consent; to unravel the complexities; consignment; reversal of fortune; to launched software; to the detriment of the importer; to give a lengthy judgment; counterfeit; to deliver pithy and practical observations; somewhat resentful of the fact; to infer; to adduce evidence; to demystify; to hand down a judgment; estoppel; co-existence agreement; to renounce a right; to trespass on each other’s territories; to contravene an agreement.

Exercise 11. Give English equivalents. Сохранять патент в силе; подделка, фальшивка; бремя установления авторства; отказаться от товарного знака, не использовать товарный знак; следить за соблюдением прав; отменять, аннулировать; честное одновременное использование; отказаться от права; нарушить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков; добросовестно, честно; неизбежно, неминуемо; заключить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков; подразумеваемое согласие; процессуальный отвод.

Exercise 12. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. До начала регистрации товарного знака целесообразно провести проверку охраноспособности знака. Проверка может быть проведена путем поиска и анализа ранее зарегистрированных и заявленных на регистрацию товарных знаков, которые могут быть признаны тождественными или сходными до степени смешения и, таким образом, являться препятствием для регистрации прав. 2. Правовая охрана и регистрация товарных знаков может быть прекращена по разным причинам. Например, если охрана была предоставлена обозначению, способному ввести в заблуждение, или, если действия правообладателя, связанные с регистрацией товарного знака, признаны в актом недобросовестной конкуренции. 3. Кроме того, правовая охрана товарного знака может быть прекращена в связи с истечением срока действия товарного знака или в случае отказа от охраны правообладателем, а также на основании принятого 117

решения о досрочном прекращении правовой охраны товарного знака, в связи с его неиспользованием. 4. Наименование места происхождения товара — это разновидность географических указаний. Оно отличается от других видов географических указаний тем, что регистрируется в качестве такового только в отношении тех товаров, свойства которых обусловлены их географическим происхождением. 5. Объемы реализуемого в России контрафакта имеют устрашающие размеры, прибыль от такого теневого бизнеса (без выплаты вознаграждения правообладателям и без соблюдения используемых ими уникальных методик и технологий производства) измеряется миллиардами рублей. 6. В целях борьбы с производством и реализацией контрафактной продукции в Госдуму неоднократно вносились самые разнообразные предложения по ужесточению ответственности за реализацию нелегально произведенных товаров под маркой известных брендов. Данное преступление влечет не только получение быстрой не облагаемой налогами прибыли, но и обман потребителей, приобретающих под маркой известного бренда откровенную подделку. 7. Контрафакт в отличие от конкретной подделки низкого качества — фальсификата — изготавливается на достойном уровне с целью продажи под маркой известного бренда. В результате реальный владелец товарного знака — брендового имени, под которым реализуется продукция, не только получает выгоды, но несет убытки.

SPEAKING Exercise 13. Read through the article. Discuss the case with your partner and express your opinion on the outcome of the case referring to the appropriate International treaties and conventions. Apple has lost a trademark fight in China, allowing a local company to continue using the term ‘iPhone’ for leather goods that it sells. In a decision handed down by the Beijing Municipal High People’s Court, XintongTiandi Technology was told it can continue selling its products using the term. According to China’s Legal Daily newspaper, Xintong trademarked ‘iPhone’ for leather products in 2010. Apple applied for a trademark for the name covering electronic goods in 2002, and it was approved in 2013.The US company first brought the opposition case against Xintong at the China Trademark Office (CTMO) in 2012, but the CTMO ruled in favour of Xintong, prompting Apple to sue the company in a lower Beijing court. But the court also ruled against Apple, which then appealed against the decision to the high people’s court. 118

The higher court said that Apple could not prove it was a well-known brand in China before Xintong filed its trademark application in 2007. According to Legal Daily, because Apple could not prove that ‘iPhone’ was already a well-known trademark in China at that point, the general public will not link Xintong’s trademark with Apple and will not harm Apple’s interests. (http://www.worldipreview.com/news)

LISTENING Exercise 14. You are going to see the video “Counterfeit Goods: What’s the harm?” Listen to the speakers and answer the questions. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6DcEVyRIeI 1. Why does counterfeiting negatively impact the overall economy? 2. How much money does the US business lose every year due to counterfeiting? 3. Who really benefits from selling counterfeit goods? 4. Why is it so dangerous to buy fake goods? 5. What practical steps should be followed to avoid buying counterfeit goods?

PROJECT WORK Exercise 15. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Legal protection of the Russian trademarks worldwide. 2. Honest concurrent use (co-existence) of trademarks. 3. The problems of parallel (grey) importations.

REVISION Exercise 16. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Статья 1486. Последствия неиспользования товарного знака

Article 1486. Consequences of trademark’s disuse

1. Правовая охрана товарного знака может быть прекращена досрочно в отношении всех товаров или части товаров, для индивидуализации которых

1. The legal protection of trademark can be terminated ahead of time with respect to all goods or part of goods, for which individualization the trademark

119

товарный знак зарегистрирован, вследствие неиспользования товарного знака непрерывно в течение любых трех лет после его государственной регистрации. Заявление о досрочном прекращении правовой охраны товарного знака вследствие его неиспользования может быть подано заинтересованным лицом в арбитражный суд по истечении указанных трех лет при условии, что вплоть до подачи такого заявления товарный знак не использовался.

is registered, due to trademark’s disuse continuously within three years after its state registration. The application of early termination of legal protection of trademark due to its disuse can be filed by the interested person to the chamber of patent disputes at the expiration of the stated three years on condition that up to filing of such application the trademark was not used.

Статья 1496. Последствия совпа- Article 1496. Consequences of coдения дат приоритета товарных incidence of priority dates of tradeзнаков marks 1. Если заявки на тождественные товарные знаки в отношении совпадающих полностью или частично перечней товаров поданы разными заявителями и эти заявки имеют одну и ту же дату приоритета, заявленный товарный знак в отношении товаров, по которым указанные перечни совпадают, может быть зарегистрирован только на имя одного из заявителей, определяемого соглашением между ними.

1. If the applications for identical trademarks with respect to lists of goods that fully or partially coincide were filed by various applicants and these applications have the same priority date, the stated trademark with respect to goods, by which the stated lists coincide, can be registered only for one applicant’s name, determined by the agreement between them.

2. Если заявки на тождественные товарные знаки в отношении совпадающих полностью или частично перечней товаров поданы одним и тем же заявителем и эти заявки имеют одну и ту же дату приоритета, товарный знак в отношении товаров, по которым указанные перечни совпадают, может быть зарегистрирован

2. If the applications for identical trademarks with respect to lists of goods that fully or partially coincide were filed by the same applicant and these applications have the same priority date, the trademark with respect of goods, by which the stated lists coincide, can be registered only by one of applications, chosen by the applicant.

120

только по одной из выбранных заявителем заявок. 3. Если заявки на тождественные товарные знаки поданы разными заявителями (п. 1 настоящей статьи), они должны в течение семи месяцев со дня направления федеральным органом исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности соответствующего уведомления сообщить в этот федеральный орган о достигнутом ими соглашении о том, по какой из заявок испрашивается государственная регистрация товарного знака. В течение такого же срока должен сообщить о своем выборе заявитель, подавший заявки на тождественные товарные знаки (п. 2 настоящей статьи). Если в течение установленного срока в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности не поступит указанное сообщение или ходатайство о продлении установленного срока, заявки на товарные знаки признаются отозванными на основании решения такого федерального органа.

3. If the applications for identical trademarks were filed by various applicants (clause 1 of the present article), they must within six months from the day of receiving by the federal executive body on intellectual property of the corresponding notice to inform this federal body about reached agreement on which of applications the state registration of trademark is requested. The applicant, filed applications for identical trademarks, must inform about his choice within the same term (clause 2 of the present article). If within the established term the mentioned report or petition on prolonging the established term is not received by the federal executive body on intellectual property, the applications for trademarks are considered to be withdrawn on the basis of such federal body’s decision.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 17. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Общество с ограниченной ответственностью зарегистрировало комбинированный товарный знак Dendy в отношении товаров по клас121

сам МКТУ (маркировочная категория товаров и услуг) — шерстяных, хлопчатобумажных и кожгалантерейных изделий, реализуемых в сети принадлежащих обществу магазинов элитной мужской одежды. Через некоторое время к обществу обратилась австрийская компания, потребовав прекратить использование товарного знака, поскольку товарный знак Dendy зарегистрирован в Австрии в отношении ювелирных товаров 14 класса МКТУ. Получив отказ, компания подала в уполномоченный орган возражение относительно регистрации спорного товарного знака. Однако требование было оставлено без удовлетворения, поскольку: — отсутствует однородность товаров, которые принадлежат к разным классам МКТУ; — австрийская компания не осуществляет на территории Российской Федерации деятельность по производству и реализации товаров. 1. Правомерен ли отказ? 2. При соблюдении каких требований товарный знак получает правовую охрану на территории другого государства? 3. Какие положения Парижской конвенции 1883 года подлежат применению при рассмотрении данного спора. (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 9 DESIGN LAW

VOCABULARY industrial design — промышленный образец graphical user interface — графический интерфейс пользователя handicraftitem — изделие кустарно-ремесленного производства grace period — льготный период disclosure — раскрытие (информации) design law — закон о промышленных образцах design protection — охрана промышленных образцов design feature — конструктивный признак informed user — (зд.) осведомленный покупатель

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

What is an industrial design? What kind of protection does an industrial design right offer? What kinds of products can benefit from industrial design protection? How are industrial designs protected? How long does industrial design protection last? How are industrial design rights enforced? What is the difference between an industrial design right and a patent?

Design means ‘the appearance of the whole or a part of a product resulting from the features of, in particular, the lines, contours, colors, shape, texture, materials of the product or its ornamentation. The essence of this definition is that design is about the appearance of a product. In a legal sense, an industrial design constitutes the ornamental or aesthetic aspect of an article. An industrial design may consist of three-dimensional features, such as the shape of an article, or two-dimensional features, such as patterns, lines or color. In principle, the owner of a registered industrial design or of a design 123

patent has the right to prevent third parties from making, selling or importing articles bearing or embodying a design, which is a copy, or substantially a copy, of the protected design, when such acts are undertaken for commercial purposes. Industrial designs are applied to a wide variety of products of industry and handicraft items: from packages and containers to furnishing and household goods, from lighting equipment to jewelry, and from electronic devices to textiles. Industrial designs may also be relevant to graphic symbols, graphical user interfaces (GUI), and logos. In most countries, an industrial design needs to be registered in order to be protected under industrial design law as a “registered design”. In some countries, industrial designs are protected under patent law as “design patents”. Industrial design laws in some countries grant — without registration — time- and scope limited protection to so-called “unregistered industrial designs”. Depending on the particular national law and the kind of design, industrial designs may also be protected as works of art under copyright law. Industrial design rights are granted for a limited period. The duration of the protection of industrial designs varies from country to country, but it amounts at least to 10 years. In many countries, the total duration of protection is divided into successive renewable periods. Industrial design rights are usually enforced in a court, generally on the initiative of the owner of the rights, as provided for by the applicable law. The remedies and penalties vary from country to country and could be civil (injunctions to desist from an infringement, payment of damages, etc.), criminal or administrative. An industrial design right protects only the appearance or aesthetic features of a product, whereas a patent protects an invention that offers a new technical solution to a problem. In principle, an industrial design right does not protect the technical or functional features of a product. Such features could, however, potentially be protected by a patent. (http://www.wipo.int/designs/en/faq_industrialdesigns.html)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 2. Read the text and fill in the gaps with the appropriate phrases. appearance; regard; elaborated; exclusive; get-up; subject; unlikely; given The inclusion of matter such as … and graphic symbols as products represents at least a change in the way in which the … is approached. Now they are to be seen as products themselves. In other words, products may be two-dimensional. Now typefaces are expressly included in the definition of a product and the designs may be registered for protection. The old law 124

contained at least some doubt as to whether designs for packaging could be registered, but it is now clear that this is so. … is the second essential element in the definition of design. The old law’s rather absurd ‘eye appeal’ test has happily disappeared, while its shape and configuration, pattern and ornament are either replaced or … by the new laws. … that a product may be two as well as three-dimensional, there is not much need to highlight the difference with … to appearance. Lines, contours and of course shape may be taken to refer to the three-dimensional, while lines, colours and ornamentation seem to be equivalent to the former ‘pattern and ornament’. But discussions which used to cause trouble in the old law, about articles which had contoured surfaces, and whether this was shape, configuration, pattern or ornament, seem … to arise under the new law, where the list of design characteristics are ‘in particular’ and so not …. (Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy)

Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. • • • • • • •

get-up; ‘eye appeal’ test; industrial design; grace period; design patent; successive renewable periods; remedies and penalties.

READING 2 Exercise 4. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What conditions must be met to obtain industrial design protection? 2. Who grants industrial design registrations or design patents? 3. Do you need an agent to file an application? 4. How much does it cost to obtain industrial design protection? 5. Is the industrial design protection granted in one country valid in every country? 6. How can industrial design rights be obtained in other countries? 7. What practical steps does a person have to take to obtain protection for industrial design? 8. When should a person file an application? 9. How can you search for industrial designs that have already been registered? 10. How can you find the industrial design laws of various countries? 125

Applying for industrial design protection Depending on the applicable laws, independently created industrial designs must fulfil some or all of the following criteria: novelty/originality. The assessment of novelty and originality varies from country to country. In general, an industrial design is considered to be new or novel if it has not previously been disclosed to the public and it may be considered original if it significantly differs from known designs or combinations of known design features. Industrial design registrations or design patents are granted by the IP office of the country (or region) where an application is filed. Depending on the applicable law, you may file an application for the registration of an industrial design or for the grant of a design patent yourself or you may be required to appoint an agent. As the costs for filing for protection vary from country to country, it is best to contact your national (regional) IP office for details on the fee structure. If protection abroad is sought, in addition to the ordinary filing fees, you should take into account the translation costs and the costs of using a local agent. Industrial design rights are territorial. This means that these rights are limited to the country (or region) where protection is granted. At present, no “world” or “international” industrial design right exists. In general, in order to obtain protection in other countries, an application for the registration of an industrial design or for the grant of a patent for an industrial design must be filed in each country where protection is sought, in accordance with the law of that country. In other words, if protection is sought in countries A and B, an application should be filed with the intellectual property (IP) office of country A and another application with the IP office of country B. To avoid having to submit applications in each and every country where protection is sought, WIPO’s Hague System provides a practical business solution for registering up to 100 designs in a large number of territories — all through one single international application. In certain regions, it is also possible to obtain protection for industrial designs in the region concerned by filing an application with a regional IP office. This is the case in the African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI), which registers industrial designs in states party to the Bangui Agreement; the African Regional Intellectual Property Organization (ARIPO), which registers industrial designs in states party to the Lusaka Agreement; the Benelux Office for Intellectual Property (BOIP), which registers industrial designs in the three “Benelux” countries; and the Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (trademarks and designs) (OHIM), which registers industrial designs in the member states of the European Union. Alternatively WIPO’s Hague System for the International Registration of Industrial Designs provides a practical business solution for registering up to 100 designs in a large number of territories through filing one single international application. 126

Timing is very important. Taking into account the novelty and/or originality requirement for industrial designs in most legislation, it is in general crucial to file an application for registration or for the grant of a patent before publicly disclosing it, so as to avoid destroying its novelty/originality. If the industrial design has already been disclosed to the public (for example, by an advertisement published on the company’s website), it may no longer be considered as “new” or “original” and may become part of the public domain. Some countries, however, allow for a “grace period” to file after disclosure of the industrial design. Such a period provides a safeguard for applicants who have disclosed their industrial design before filing an application. Such a “grace period” is usually 6 or 12 months. Intellectual property offices may make online databases of industrial design/patent for industrial design registrations available. WIPO Lex provides easy access to intellectual property legislation from a wide range of countries and regions as well as to treaties on intellectual property. Many national or regional intellectual property offices also provide information concerning national or regional legislation on their websites. (http://www.wipo.int/designs/en/faq_industrialdesigns.html)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 5. Complete the expressions below using the prepositions in the box. Give Russian equivalents. under; with; in (3); through; for protection is given … a registration system; to be perfectly consistent …general international intellectual property law; to provide protection … the national law; to be a monopoly right … the design; the product … question may perform its function; a right shall not subsist … features of appearance of a product; states are to provide … the protection of new and original designs.

READING 3 Exercise 6. Read through the article concerning the relevance of design law in the fashion sector. Some representatives of the European clothing industry are calling for a stronger worldwide intellectual property protection for fashion designs because they fear major losses from counterfeiting. Yet some modern economic 127

theories consider competition to include a dynamic interaction between innovation and imitation: innovation generates superior products; imitation makes them available to a greater number of consumers, so a lively imitation process is crucial for dynamic competition. Many fashion aficionados cannot afford the original items created by Chanel, Dior, Versace, etc. Instead, they buy cheaper copies, fully aware that these are not originals. Certainly, plagiarism can confuse consumers and, in case of inferior product quality, damage the designer’s good reputation. Nevertheless, it could be argued that counterfeit products bring fashion labels more publicity, stimulating nascent fashion trends and increasing demand for the originals. What is the relevance of design law to the European fashion industry? Design protection can only be sought when the intangible creative idea — e.g. a novel pattern — is embodied in physical form, such as in a specific fabric or item of clothing. A creative idea, for example for a certain flowered cloth pattern, is intangible and can be reproduced without any asset erosion. Therefore, exclusive rights to specific physical things, like the flowered cloth pattern, would not suffice to grant the design IP protection. The intellectual idea itself must be protected. This can only be achieved by prohibiting the imitation of the physical things through which we perceive the intellectual good. The ban of imitation for a certain time period “enables people to reap where they have sown. Without that prospect the incentive to sow is diminished.” On the other hand, since we can only perceive intellectual goods if they are incorporated in physical things, non-materialized ideas cannot be protected. As a consequence, fashion styles like mini-skirts or jeans in general as much as manufacturing processes, such as innovative techniques to cut, sew or print clothing, which allow the manufacturing of a wide range of different physical results, cannot be protected as such under design law. Protection can only be sought as far as the idea is materialized in a specific physical thing. From royal privileges to the Community design regulation The development of European design law goes hand in hand with the history of the textile industry. In the 15th century, the French King granted exclusive rights, or privileges, for the fabrication of textiles. A government ordinance penalized the counterfeiting of weaving patterns for the first time in 1711 in Lyon. In England and Scotland, the first statute concerning the protection for designs was initiated by textile producers in 1787. In 1876, Germany issued a law concerning the copyright on patterns and models, again mainly as a consequence of requests of the textile industry. More recently, the drive to harmonize Europe’s design laws led to the European Regulation on Community designs, which came into force in 2002. The European Community Design Regulation protects only designs that are new and have individual character. The degree of visual difference from pre-known designs, resulting from one-to-one comparisons and examined from the perspective of an informed user, is the only decisive criterion as to 128

whether or not a design can be protected. Differences between two designs which are of minor importance to a casual observer, such as the arrangement of buttons, the shape of a collar or the length of a skirt, may produce a different overall impression in the eye of an informed fashion user. To register or not to register Few new designs on the market are truly exceptional in form. Fashion designers are actually quite limited in their scope for creativity: clothing must fit the human body; and the general social need to conform to accepted dress codes tends to lead to uniformity. Thus few new designs on the market are truly exceptional in form. But since difference is assessed by one-toone comparisons, a single distinguishing feature — such as an embroidered jeans pocket, an oversized zipper or a dominant print — may be enough to produce a unique overall impression and justify the protection either of the extraordinary feature or of the whole item. In 2007, WIPO registered only 29 international designs (2.5% of total registrations) under class 2 of the Locarno Classification (clothing and haberdashery) through The Hague System, while the EU Office for Harmonisation in the Internal Market (OHIM) registered 7’421 (9% of total). Yet, most of the designs registered by fashion houses are not for clothing, but for accessories — watches, bags, sunglasses, etc., which fall under several different Locarno classes — an important source of income for fashion labels. The majority of fashion designers consider that, with fashion seasons lasting only a few months, the five-year minimum protection period offered by these registration systems is not appropriate for often ephemeral fashion designs, and that their time and money would therefore be better spent on creating new designs than on registration. European designers do have an effective solution in the unregistered Community design. This is obtained without any formalities simply by making the design available to the public, and lasts for three years. Since most designers become concerned with protection only after becoming a victim of counterfeiting, the unregistered Community design provides a welcome alternative to registration. (Design law in the European fashion sector, By Dr. Fridolin Fischer, February 2008)

SPEAKING Exercise 7. Contextualize the following words and phrases. Call for, losses from counterfeiting, superior (inferior) product, lively imitation, dynamic competition, nascent trends, intangible idea, asset erosion, enable people to reap, in the eye of a fashion user, ephemeral fashion design. 129

Exercise 8. Read through the article again and answer the questions. 1. Is a strong worldwide intellectual property protection for fashion designs necessary nowadays? 2. What is the major requirement for the design to be protected? 3. What designs does the European Community Design Regulation protect? 4. What are advantages and disadvantages of registering the designs in the fashion sector?

Exercise 9. Discuss the article in pairs making use of the following phrases. It goes without saying …, needless to say …, it explains why …, I think you overestimate (underestimate) …, contrary to your arguments I’d like to say …, I’d like to draw your attention to …, the article gives a good insight into …, what strike me is …, I can hardly believe that …, life proves that …, what I’m hinting at is….

Exercise 10. Summarize the article in writing.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 11. Translate from English into Russian focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. Given the breadth of the provisions on infringement if a trader was to secure a registration for a commonly used shape or colour, so other traders might have to rely on defences to infringement if a confusingly similar colour or shape were used in trade. 2. IP protection is essential to the company in seeking to differentiate its brands in the minds of consumers. 3. Before filing an application, the design team sits down with our IP attorneys to understand the essence of the design and to craft representations of it in order to file for design protection. The aim is to optimize the scope of protection, taking care not to include too much detail but also ensuring not to over-generalize. 4. Design adds value across the product development process by ensuring the product meets the often unarticulated needs of consumers. Design is integral to the brand. At its core, a brand encapsulates the emotional and psychological relationship we have with the consumer. Design helps manifest that relationship and ensures that everything about the brand is intentional and has meaning — from the logo, to the typeface, the colors used, the shape and the character of the brand. 130

5. The original proprietor of a design is its author, the person who created the design, unless the design was created in pursuance of a commission for money or money’s worth, in which case the commissioner is the original proprietor, or by an employee in the course of his employment, in which case the employer is the original proprietor. 6. The date of registration is the date of application unless international priority is claimed, or there has been such a modification of the application that only from the design’s alteration is it new or of individual character.

Exercise 12. Give English equivalents. Промышленный образец, внешний вид изделия, изделие кустарно-ремесленного производства, эстетические особенности, правовая защита, существенные признаки, дата приоритета, льготный период.

Exercise 13. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. С промышленным образцом связано творчество по созданию дизайна предметов. Промышленный образец — это художественно-конструкторское решение изделия промышленного или кустарно-ремесленного производства, определяющее его внешний вид. Изделия, как бытовые, так и производственно-технического назначения, внешний вид которых защищен патентом на промышленный образец, сегодня весьма конкурентоспособны как на внутреннем, так и на внешнем рынке. Это связано с тем, что любому потребителю, прежде всего, в глаза бросаются внешний вид и оформление изделия, что влияет на дальнейшую оценку товара и желание его приобрести. Промышленным образцом признается решение о внешнем виде изделия, в котором должны в обязательном порядке сочетаться как художественные (например, цветовое решение), так и конструкторские элементы (размеры, расположение составных частей). Например, модель одежды: изменение только цвета или только размера не является основанием для возникновения нового промышленного образца в этой сфере. Промышленный образец признается новым, если совокупность его существенных признаков, нашедших отражение на изображениях изделия и приведенных в перечне существенных признаков промышленного образца, неизвестна из сведений, ставших общедоступными в мире до даты приоритета на промышленный образец. Промышленный образец признается оригинальным, если его существенные признаки обусловливают творческий характер эстетических особенностей изделий. Промышленные образцы могут быть объемными (трехмерными — модели), плоскостными (двухмерными — рисунки) и комбинированными. 131

LISTENING Exercise 14. You are going to hear Rolf Claessen talking about Design Protection in Many Countries via WIPO. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F2DGcZj4ZEc) Listen and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. It is quite easy to protect the design in many countries. 2. WTO administers the Hague Agreement. 3. Russia is not interested in joining the Hague Agreement. 4. You must have a domicile or a commercial establishment in one of the member states to apply for industrial design protection. 5. Basically you need the representations of the design. 6. You do not need to pay any fees for registration. It is absolutely free.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 15. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Industrial design-related treaties. 2. Protection of industrial designs in the Russian Federation.

REVISION Exercise 16. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1352. Conditions of industrial sample’s patentability

Статья 1352. Условия патентоспособности промышленного образца

1. Artistic-engineering decision of goods of industrial or handicraft production defining its appearance is protected as industrial sample. The legal protection is provided to industrial sample, if it is new and original by its essential attributes. The essential attributes of industrial

1. В качестве промышленного образца охраняется решение внешнего вида изделия промышленного или кустарноремесленного производства. Промышленному образцу предоставляется правовая охрана, если по своим существенным

132

sample includes attributes, defining aesthetic and (or) ergonomic peculiarities of goods’ appearance, in particular form, configuration, ornament and combination of colors.

признакам он является новым и оригинальным. К существенным признакам промышленного образца относятся признаки, определяющие эстетические особенности внешнего вида изделия, в частности форма, конфигурация, орнамент, сочетание цветов.

2. The industrial sample is new, if the aggregate of its essential attributes, represented on images of goods and given ion the list of essential attributes of industrial sample, is unknown from the data, having become available all over the world before the date of industrial sample’s priority.

2. Промышленный образец является новым, если совокупность его существенных признаков, нашедших отражение на изображениях внешнего вида изделия, неизвестна из сведений, ставших общедоступными в мире до даты приоритета промышленного образца.

3. The industrial sample is original, if its essential attributes are conditioned by creative character of goods’ peculiarities.

3. Промышленный образец является оригинальным, если его существенные признаки обусловлены творческим характером особенностей изделия.

Article 1372. Industrial sample created by request

Статья 1372. Промышленный образец, созданный по заказу

1. When the industrial sample is created under the contract, which subject was its creation (by request), the right to receiving patent and exclusive right to such industrial sample belong to the customer, unless otherwise is provided by the contract between the contractor (executor) and customer.

1. Право на получение патента и исключительное право на промышленный образец, созданный по договору, предметом которого было его создание (по заказу), принадлежат заказчику, если договором между подрядчиком (исполнителем) и заказчиком не предусмотрено иное.

2. When the right to receiving patent and exclusive right to industrial sample in accordance with clause 1 of the present article belong to the customer, the contractor (executor) is entitled

2. В случае, когда право на получение патента и исключительное право на промышленный образец в соответствии с п. 1 настоящей статьи принадлежат заказчику,

133

to use such industrial sample for personal needs on the terms of ordinary (non-exclusive) license within the whole period of validity of patent, since otherwise is not provided by the contract.

подрядчик (исполнитель) вправе, поскольку договором не предусмотрено иное, использовать такой промышленный образец для собственных нужд на условиях безвозмездной простой (неисключительной) лицензии в течение всего срока действия патента.

Article 1377. Application for granting patent to industrial sample

Статья 1377. Заявка на выдачу патента на промышленный образец

1. The application for granting patent to industrial sample (application for industrial sample) must relate to one industrial sample or group of industrial samples, connected with each other to the extent that they compose single inventive plan (requirement of industrial sample unity).

1. Заявка на выдачу патента на промышленный образец (заявка на промышленный образец) должна относиться к одному промышленному образцу или к группе промышленных образцов, связанных между собой настолько, что они образуют единый творческий замысел (требование единства промышленного образца).

2. The application for industrial sample must contain: 1) application of granting patent indicating the author of industrial sample and person, in whose name the patent is requested, as well as place of residence or place of location of each of them;

2. Заявка на промышленный образец должна содержать: 1) заявление о выдаче патента с указанием автора промышленного образца и заявителя — лица, обладающего правом на получение патента, а также места жительства или места нахождения каждого из них; 2) set of the article’s images, giv2) комплект изображений издеing full detailed presentation on the лия, дающих полное представлеarticle’s appearance; ние о существенных признаках промышленного образца, которые определяют эстетические особенности внешнего вида изделия; 3) drawing of the article’s general 3) чертеж общего вида изделия, image, ergonomic scheme, buildконфекционную карту, если они ing map, if they are necessary for необходимы для раскрытия сущunderstanding the essence of inности промышленного образца; dustrial sample; 134

4) description of industrial sample;

4) описание промышленного образца;

3. The date of filing the request, containing the application for granting patent, set of the article’s images, description of industrial sample and list of essential attributes of industrial sample, to the federal executive body on intellectual property, is considered the date of filing the application to industrial sample, and if the mentioned documents are not presented concurrently, — date of receiving the latest document.

3. Датой подачи заявки на промышленный образец считается дата поступления в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности заявки, содержащей заявление о выдаче патента и комплект изображений изделия, дающих полное представление о существенных признаках промышленного образца, которые определяют эстетические особенности внешнего вида изделия, а если указанные документы представлены не одновременно — дата поступления последнего из документов.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 17. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Шоколадная фабрика обратилась к предприятию с предложением разработать оригинальную форму для изготовления объемных шоколадных конфет в виде фигур жениха и невесты. Данные конфеты предполагалось поставлять в кондитерские для изготовления элитной свадебной продукции. После получения пробного изделия фабрика получила патент на промышленный образец и приступила к массовому выпуску изделий. Конструктор Усов М. В., который разработал литформу, потребовал от фабрики заключения с ним лицензионного договора. 1. Правомерно ли требование Усова М. В.? 2. Какие права Усова М. В. защищает патентное право? 3. Чем отличается промышленный образец, созданный по договору, от промышленного образца, созданного по заданию? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 10 PATENT LAW VOCABULARY patent — патент disclose technical information — раскрывать информацию о технических характеристиках изобретения patent owner — обладатель патента patented invention — запатентованное изобретение patent protection — охрана патентных прав chemical compound — химическое вещество grant a patent — выдавать патент enforce patent rights — обеспечивать соблюдение патентных прав patent infringement — нарушение патента transfer a patent — передавать право на патент incentive — стимул inventive step — изобретательский уровень patentee — владелец патента patent licensing agreement — патентное лицензионное соглашение patentable subject matter — патентуемые материалы, объекты

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

What is a patent? What rights does a patent provide? What kinds of inventions can be protected? How long does patent protection last? Is a patent valid in any country? How are patent rights enforced? What does it mean to “license a patent” and why is it done? Why are patents useful for society, business, individuals?

A patent is an exclusive right granted for an invention, which is a product or a process that provides, in general, a new way of doing something, or offers 136

a new technical solution to a problem. To get a patent, technical information about the invention must be disclosed to the public in a patent application. A patent owner has the right to decide who may — or may not — use the patented invention for the period in which the invention is protected. In other words, patent protection means that the invention cannot be commercially made, used, distributed, imported, or sold by others without the patent owner’s consent. Patents may be granted for inventions in any field of technology, from an everyday kitchen utensil to a nanotechnology chip. An invention can be a product — such as a chemical compound, or a process, for example — or a process for producing a specific chemical compound. Many products in fact contain a number of inventions. For example, a laptop computer can involve hundreds of inventions, working together. Patent protection is granted for a limited period, generally 20 years from the filing date of the application. Patents are territorial rights. In general, the exclusive rights are only applicable in the country or region in which a patent has been filed and granted, in accordance with the law of that country or region. Patent rights are usually enforced in a court on the initiative of the right owner. In most systems a court of law has the authority to stop patent infringement. However the main responsibility for monitoring, identifying, and taking action against infringers of a patent lies with the patent owner. Licensing a patent simply means that the patent owner grants permission to another individual/organization to make, use, sell etc. his/her patented invention. This takes place according to agreed terms and conditions (for example, defining the amount and type of payment to be made by the licensee to the licensor), for a defined purpose, in a defined territory, and for an agreed period of time. A patent owner may grant a license to a third party for many reasons. The patent owner may not have the necessary manufacturing facilities, for example, and therefore opts to allow others to make and sell his/her patented invention in return for “royalty” payments. Alternatively, a patent owner may have manufacturing facilities, but they may not be large enough to cover market demand. In this case, he/she may be interested in licensing the patent to another manufacturer in order to benefit from another income stream. Another possible situation is one in which the patent owner wishes to concentrate on one geographic market; therefore the patent owner may choose to grant a license to another individual/organization, with interests in other geographical markets. Entering into a licensing agreement can help to build a mutually-beneficial business relationship. Unlike selling or transferring a patent to another party, the licensor continue to have property rights over the patented invention. Patented inventions have, in fact, pervaded every aspect of human life, from electric lighting (patents held by Edison and Swan) and plastic (patents 137

held by Baekeland), to ballpoint pens (patents held by Biro), and microprocessors (patents held by Intel, for example). Patents provide incentives to and protection for individuals by offering them recognition for their creativity and the possibility of material reward for their inventions. At the same time, the obligatory publication of patents and patent applications facilitates the mutually-beneficial spread of new knowledge and accelerates innovation activities by, for example, avoiding the necessity to “re-invent the wheel”. Once knowledge is publicly available, by its nature, it can be used simultaneously by an unlimited number of persons. While this is, without doubt, perfectly acceptable for public information, it causes a dilemma for the commercialization of technical knowledge. In the absence of protection of such knowledge, “free-riders” could easily use technical knowledge embedded in inventions without any recognition of the creativity of the inventor or contribution to the investments made by the inventor. As a consequence, inventors would naturally be discouraged to bring new inventions to the market, and tend to keep their commercially valuable inventions secret. A patent system intends to correct such under-provision of innovative activities by providing innovators with limited exclusive rights, thereby giving the innovators the possibility to receive appropriate returns on their innovative activities. In a wider sense, the public disclosure of the technical knowledge in the patent, and the exclusive right granted by the patent, provide incentives for competitors to search for alternative solutions and to “invent around” the first invention. These incentives and the dissemination of knowledge about new inventions encourage further innovation, which assures that the quality of human life and the well-being of society is continuously enhanced. (http://www.wipo.int/patents/en/faq_patents.html)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 2. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate phrases. Interpret it into Russian. cost-effective or efficient manner; any area of technology; incremental innovations; make improvements; utility models; patentable inventions; scientific breakthroughs While it is certainly true that not all enterprises develop .., it is a wrong to believe that patents only apply to complex physical or chemical processes and products or that they are only useful to large corporations. Patents can be obtained for … from paper clips to computers. 138

Moreover, when people think of patents, what usually comes to mind are major … such as Edison’s first electric lamp, or large corporations investing in research and development. But, in fact, most patents aren’t granted for groundbreaking scientific breakthroughs, but rather for inventions that … to existing inventions. For example the second or third generation of a product or a process, that works in a ... Certain countries also have specific legal provisions for protecting ... These are called … and they tend to have a shorter duration than patents and are generally easier to obtain. (http://www.wipo.int/patents/en/faq_patents.html)

Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. groundbreaking scientific breakthroughs; the second or third generation of a product or a process; utility model; patentable invention; territorial rights; royalty payments; licensing agreement; free-riders; mutually-beneficial business relationship.

Exercise 4. Choose the correct word to complete each sentence in this text. Think of the possible title of the text. Exclusive rights. Patents provide/give/supply you with an exclusive right to prevent or stop others from commercially exploiting an invention for twenty years from the date of filing of the patent demand/tender/application. Return on investments. Having invested a considerable quantity/amount/ number of money and time in developing innovative products, through exclusive patent rights, you may be able to establish yourself in the market as the pre-eminent player and to obtain higher returns on investments. Opportunity to license or sell the invention. If you choose not to exploit the patent yourself, you may sell it or license the commercialization of the patented invention to another company/sole proprietor/enterprise, which could then be a source of income for your company. Increase in negotiating power. If your company is in the process of acquiring the rights to use the patents of another enterprise through a licensing contract, your patent portfolio will enhance your market/bargaining/negotiable power. That is to say, your patents may prove to be of considerable interest to the enterprise with which you are negotiating, and you could enter into 139

a cross-licensing arrangement where, simply put, your enterprise and the other agree to license respective patents to each other. Positive image for your enterprise. Business partners, investors and shareholders may perceive patent portfolios as a demonstration of the high level of expertise, specialization, and technological capacity within your company. This may prove useful for raising/taking/lifting funds, finding business partners and raising your company’s market value. (http://www.wipo.int/patents/en/faq_patents.html)

LISTENING 1 Exercise 5. You are going to hear Dr. Rolf Claessen, Patent Attorney talking about the patent basics. Listen and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PFgEbj2gY2Y 1. When asking for a patent, technical aspect is not quite important. 2. Doing a research for a prior art is necessary before filing a patent application. 3. Once a patent is granted, everyone can use your technology for free. 4. Competitors can attack your patent.

READING 2 Exercise 6. Read through the article and answer the questions. Summarize it. 1. What are the rulings of the key biotech cases? 2. What was the legal issue of the Association for Molecular Pathology v Myriad Genetics case? What was the ruling of the court? 3. What was the impact of this ruling on would-be gene patent holders? 4. What does the decision mean for biotechnology scientists? Who owns your genes? Do you own them if they are inside your body, but someone else can own them if they have been removed? Are isolated human genes man-made, patentable inventions or unpatentable products of nature? These were the issues before the nine justices of America’s highest court in Association for Molecular Pathology v Myriad Genetics earlier this year. The story of Myriad begins almost 20 years ago, when Salt Lake Citybased Myriad Genetics announced it had sequenced the BRCA1 gene, a mutation that can lead to breast and ovarian cancer. Two years later, the team published the sequence for another gene correlated with hereditary breast and 140

ovarian cancer: BRCA2. It obtained patents on both genes. Its discoveries were lucrative: in 1996 it began selling the first molecular diagnostic test for these hereditary cancers at a cost of around US $3,000 per patient. Key biotech cases Judges and patent office officials on both sides of the Atlantic have decided a series of high-profile gene-related disputes. Here are some of the most important. Diamond v Chakrabarty In 1980, the Supreme Court of the United States ruled that a micro-organism that had been genetically modified for use in cleaning oil spills was patentable on the grounds that it did not constitute a “product of nature”. The Court set an important precedent in the area of patentability by ruling: “The laws of nature, physical phenomena, and abstract ideas have been held not patentable. Thus, a new mineral discovered in the earth or a new plant found in the wild is not patentable subject matter … Such discoveries are ‘manifestations of ... nature, free to all men and reserved exclusively to none’. “The decision was a close-run thing, however: four justices dissented, a portent of litigation to come. Prometheus Laboratories, Inc v Mayo Collaborative Services In March 2012, the Supreme Court ruled that Prometheus’ patent claims related to ways of optimizing doses of certain drugs used to treat specific conditions were invalid because they relate to a natural phenomenon. The effect of the decision was to make it harder for developers of genetic tests to obtain patent protection. Fast-forward to 2009 and the company found itself (along with the Trustees of the University of Utah) sued by a group of human rights campaigners and patients’ rights activists. The plaintiffs, who included the Public Patent Foundation (PUBPAT), the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Breast Cancer Action, challenged claims in seven of Myriad’s BRCA patents. Although thousands of genes are patented in the US, PUBPAT attorney Dan Ravicher says the groups targeted Myriad because of the company’s reluctance to license its patents to competitors. In the case involving Association for Molecular Pathology v Myriad Genetics the US Supreme Court addressed the issue of whether isolated human genes are patentable. In a unanimous decision, the nine presiding justices ruled that naturally isolated DNA is not patentable but that synthetic DNA, such as cDNA, is patentable. The plaintiffs prevailed at first instance, when a New York judge held that DNA is unpatentable subject matter. A quirk of timing saw the Federal Circuit for the Court of Appeals consider the dispute twice: once before and once after the Supreme Court ruled in another highly-anticipated biotech case — Prometheus v Mayo — that Prometheus’s diagnostic method patents were invalid. 141

By the time the Myriad case wound its way up to the Supreme Court, it had attracted almost 50 amicus briefs, from associations of IP lawyers and biotech researchers to venture capitalists and concerned citizens. The interest the case provoked is unsurprising considering both the issues before the Court and trends within the pharmaceutical industry. The dispute raises emotive issues relating to the ownership and control of genetic material just as pharmaceutical companies are desperate to obtain patent rights over medical innovations as the flow of blockbuster drugs dries up. The Court was asked to rule just as personalized medicine, offered via tests such as Myriad’s BRACAnalysis, heralds a breakthrough in the delivery of healthcare but also as healthcare budgets come under greater financial pressure than ever. The question before the Court was whether isolated human genes are patentable. The Supreme Court’s nine justices took eight weeks to answer after hearing from both sides in the dispute. What they said was this: a naturally occurring DNA segment is a product of nature and, as such, cannot be patented. In contrast, so-called complementary DNA — an artificial product designed to mirror the coding parts of genes — is eligible for patent protection because it is not naturally occurring. “The lab technician unquestionably creates something new when cDNA is made”, they said. The impact on would-be gene patent holders was clear: within hours, the USPTO issued a memo to its examiners instructing them to reject product claims drawn solely to naturally occurring nucleic acids, or fragments of them, whether isolated or not. The Court’s opinion, drafted by Justice Thomas, ran to just 18 pages. Its brevity was interpreted by some as a sign of the open-and-shut nature of the case; by others as evidence of the Court’s failure to get to grips with the difficult issues raised by the dispute. There were complaints that the case-specific ruling offered little guidance as to how the law should be applied in other biotech wrangles. “The opinion … is remarkably short given the complex legal and scientific questions that were raised; it fails to clarify in any meaningful way the difference needed to change natural material into man-made material that is eligible for patent protection”, lamented Jeffrey Lewis, president of the American Intellectual Property Law Association. Myriad quickly sought to put a positive spin on the outcome of its fouryear legal battle to protect its patent rights, announcing that the Supreme Court had upheld its patent claims on cDNA. Although conceding that the justices had ruled that five of its claims covering isolated DNA were not patent eligible, the company said it had more than 500 valid claims in 24 different patents over its BRACAnalysis test. Plaintiffs declare victory for their campaign against gene patents. “The court rightfully found that patents cannot be awarded for something so fundamental to nature as DNA”, said PATPUB’s Dan Ravicher. Sandra 142

Park of the ACLU Women’s Rights Project declared that the nine justices had struck down a major barrier to patient care and medical innovation. “Myriad did not invent the BRCA genes and should not control them”, she said. “Because of this ruling, patients will have greater access to genetic testing and scientists can engage in research on these genes without fear of being sued”. So what does the decision mean for biotechnology scientists? Opinion is divided. Some, such as Nobel prize-winning gene scientist John Sulston, believe that patents do little to stimulate research. Backing the lawsuit against Myriad in 2009, Dr. Sulston said that gene patents could have a “chilling impact on research, obstruct the development of new genetic tests, and interfere with medical care … rather than fostering innovation”. Jim Greenwood, head of the US-based industry group BIO, said the decision represents “a troubling departure “from decades of judicial and USPTO precedent supporting the patentability of DNA molecules that mimic naturally-occurring sequences, adding that it could create business uncertainty for a broader range of biotechnology inventions. That view was echoed by Courtenay Brinckerhoff of Foley & Lardner, who said that while the decision will have far-reaching and long-term implications for the biotech industry, the biggest immediate impact is the level of ambiguity it presents to scientists and their financial backers. Ms. Brinckerhoff and other attorneys also argue that Myriad sets the US apart from its economic rivals when it comes to rules on patenting genes. The EPO, for example, will grant patents for inventions related to gene sequences as long as applicants can demonstrate the industrial application of the sequence. Australia, Canada and Japan have similar rules, allowing the patenting of human genes providing they are isolated and the patent application explains how the genes are useful. These jurisdictional differences mean that patent-chasing scientists will need to revise their IP strategies in the US. Now that USPTO examiners will no longer grant patents for isolated genomic DNA, biotech companies are likely to turn to trade secrets to protect their investments (a development that challenges the promise of the patent system — that disclosure is rewarded with a temporary monopoly). Whether they can keep their secrets secret will depend largely on the ability of rivals to reverse engineer their discoveries. Biotech companies such as Myriad are also likely to guard more closely the valuable data they accumulate in the course of their research. Companies that already hold patents over genes will need to revisit their portfolios and consider abandoning patents rather than pay fees to maintain hollow IP rights. Businesses that have licensed-in patent rights may want to renegotiate the royalty rates. But despite the challenges that the opinion has posed for the biotech industry, the company at the center of the ruling remains bullish. As pat143

ent owners and their lawyers mulled over the implications of the Court’s decision, Myriad itself was busy preparing patent infringement lawsuits. Less than a month after the Supreme Court issued its opinion, the company sued two businesses that launched rival BRCA tests in June. It also watched as politicians called on the National Institutes of Health to use so-called march-in rights to force Myriad to license its BRACA analysis patents. The battle over biotech is far from over. By Emma Barraclough, Group Editor, Managing Intellectual Property (www.wipo.int)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 7. Match the concepts with their definitions and translate them. exhaustion of rights; novelty; patent model; unity of invention; essential patent; industrial applicability; patent watch; non-obviousness; utility 1. A patent that is required to make a certain product is described as essential. 2. A legal concept stating that rights in a product are exhausted by its sale. 3. A requirement of many patent systems, requiring that an invention be capable of industrial applicability in order for a patent to be granted for that invention. 4. A patentability requirement according to which an invention should be non-obvious in order to be patented. 5. A patentability requirement according to which an invention is not patentable if it was already known before the date of filing. 6. A miniature model that shows how an invention works. 7. A process for monitoring newly issued patents on a periodic basis to see if any of these patents might be of interest. 8. A requirement that a patent application can relate only to one invention. 9. A patentability requirement mainly used to prevent the patenting of inoperative devices such as perpetual motion machines.

Exercise 8. Give Russian equivalents. Grant a patent; exclusive right; disclose information; patented invention patent owner’s consent; chemical compound; enforce patent rights; patent infringement; license a patent; cover market demand; provide incentives; material reward for the invention; accelerate innovation activity; be publicly 144

available; discourage inventors; obtain a patent; invest in research and development; legal provisions; prevent from commercially exploiting an invention; return on investments; enhance bargaining power; raise company’s market value.

Exercise 9. Give English equivalents. Патентоспособные изобретения; правовой вопрос; рентабельное открытие; должностное лицо бюро патентов; быть патентоспособным на основании; патентоспособность; патентуемый объект; получит патентные права; оспаривать иск; единогласное решение; поднимать волнующий всех вопрос; подлежать патентной защите; исход дела; поощрять исследования; стимулировать инновационный процесс; далеко идущие и долгосрочные последствия; пересматривать стратегию; секреты производства; получать временную монополию; пересматривать ставки по выплате гонораров; тщательно обдумывать последствия решения суда.

Exercise 10. Fill in the gaps with the appropriate prepositions and translate the sentences. to; in (7); from (2); with (3); by (2); into; against; of; for (2); through; on; within 1. The exclusive right granted … a patentee … most countries is the right to prevent or exclude others … making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing the invention. 2. The additional qualification “utility patents” is used … countries such as the United States to distinguish them … other types of patents but should not be confused … utility models granted … other countries 3. They issued a decree …which new and inventive devices, once they had been put … practice, had to be communicated to the Republic … order to obtain legal protection … potential infringers. 4. The Crown granted patents … respect … all sorts of common goods (salt, for example). 5. A patent is, … effect, a limited property right that the government offers to inventors … exchange … their agreement to share the details of their inventions … the public. 6. The vast majority of patent rights, however, are not determined … litigation. 7. An important limitation … the ability of a patent owner to successfully assert his or her patent … civil litigation is the accused infringer’s right to challenge the validity of that patent. 8. Commonly, a nation forms a patent office … responsibility … operating that nation’s patent system. 145

Exercise 11. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. Патентное право регулирует имущественные, а также связанные с ними неимущественные отношения, возникающие в связи с созданием и использованием изобретений, полезных моделей и промышленных образцов. 2. Объединение данных изобретений в рамках патентного права объясняется тем, что они имеют одинаковый правовой режим, сопровождающийся выдачей охранного документа — патента. 3. Американский президент Авраам Линкольн, который является единственным в истории США президентом-патентообладателем (в 1849 г. ему был выдан патент на «устройство по перемещению судов вплавь через отмели»), утверждал, что «патентная система добавила масла заинтересованности в огонь гениальности». 4. Правила игры просты: изобретатель получает временную монополию на свое изобретение в обмен на полное раскрытие информации о нем. 5. Таким образом, посредством патентного права, во-первых, осуществляется стимулирование творческой деятельности в области науки и техники путем закрепления монопольных прав за патентообладателем; во-вторых, защищаются общественные интересы, поскольку в обмен на предоставление монополии авторы обязаны раскрыть информацию о своих новшествах, тем самым предоставляя доступ каждому к ознакомлению с достижениями научно-технического прогресса. 6. Патентообладателю принадлежит исключительное право на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец. Никто не вправе их использовать без разрешения патентообладателя.

SPEAKING Exercise 12. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Что такое патент? A patent is a set of exclusive rights granted by a state to a patentee for a fixed period of time in exchange for a disclosure of an invention. The term “patent” usually refers to a right granted to anyone who invents or discovers any new and useful process, machine, article of manufacture, or composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement thereof. Какие права получает патентообладатель? The exclusive right granted to a patentee in most countries is the right to prevent or exclude others from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing the invention. 146

Кто осуществляет контроль за выдачей патентов? The grant and enforcement of patents are governed by national laws, and also by international treaties, where those treaties have been given effect in national laws. Patents are, therefore, territorial in nature. Какую работу выполняет патентное бюро? A nation forms a patent office with responsibility for operating that nation’s patent system, within the relevant patent laws. The patent office generally has responsibility for the grant of patents, with infringement being the remit of national courts. Что подразумевает под собой тенденция глобального согласования патентного законодательства? There is a trend towards global harmonization of patent laws, with the WTO being particularly active in this area. The TRIPs Agreement has been largely successful in providing a forum for nations to agree on an aligned set of patent laws. Conformity with the TRIPs agreement is a requirement of admission to the WTO and so compliance is seen by many nations as important. This has also led to many developing nations, which may historically have developed different laws to aid their development, enforcing patents laws in line with global practice. Какой международный документ является основополагающим в области патентного законодательства? Какие аспекты он регулирует? A key international convention relating to patents is the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property which was initially agreed in 1883. The Paris Convention sets out a range of basic rules relating to patents, and although the convention does not have direct legal effect in all national jurisdictions, the principles of the convention are incorporated into all notable current patent systems. The most significant aspect of the convention is the provision of the right to claim priority: filing an application in any one member state of the Paris Convention preserves the right for one year to file in any other member state, and receive the benefit of the original filing date. Because the right to a patent is intensely date-driven, this right is fundamental to modern patent usage. Какие источники патентного права существуют в разных странах? The authority for patent statutes in different countries varies. In the United States, the Constitution empowers Congress to make laws to “promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts...” The laws Congress passed are codified in title 35 of the United States Code and created the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In the UK, substantive patent law is contained in the Patents Act 1977 as amended. In addition, there are international treaty procedures, such as the procedures under the EPC (administered by the EPO), and the PCT (administered by WIPO and covering 137 countries), that centralise some portion of the filing and examination procedure. Similar arrangements exist among the member states of ARIPO, OAPI, the analogous treaties among African countries. 147

LISTENING 2 Exercise 13. You are going to hear Patent Attorney Vincent G. Tempio talking about patentable ideas. Listen and answer the questions. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m435wwsG6l8 1. What makes an idea patentable? 2. How to understand whether an improvement is new, useful and nonobvious? 3. Give an explanation and an example of what is “non-obvious”.

PROJECT WORK Exercise 14. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Patent vs. Trademark vs. Copyright. 2. What is a patent and why does a business need it? 3. Patent infringement.

REVISION Exercise 15. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1345. Patent rights

Статья 1345. Патентные права

1. The intellectual rights to inventions, useful models and industrial samples are patent rights.

1. Интеллектуальные права на изобретения, полезные модели и промышленные образцы являются патентными правами.

2. The following rights belong to the author of invention, useful model or industrial sample. 1) exclusive right; 2) authorship’s right.

2. Автору изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца принадлежат следующие права: 1) исключительное право; 2) право авторства.

3. In the cases, provided by the present Code, other rights also belong to the author of invention, useful model or industrial sample, including right to receiving patent, right to reward for using official invention, useful model or industrial sample.

3. В случаях, предусмотренных настоящим Кодексом, автору изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца принадлежат также другие права, в том числе право на получение патента, право на вознаграждение за служебное

148

изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец. Article 1349. Objects of patent rights

Статья 1349. Объекты патентных прав

1. Objects of patent rights are results of intellectual property in scientific technical sphere, meeting the requirements, established by the present Code, to inventions and useful models, and results of intellectual property in the sphere of industrial design, meeting the requirements, established by the present Code, to industrial samples.

1. Объектами патентных прав являются результаты интеллектуальной деятельности в научно-технической сфере, отвечающие установленным настоящим Кодексом требованиям к изобретениям и полезным моделям, и результаты интеллектуальной деятельности в сфере дизайна, отвечающие установленным настоящим Кодексом требованиям к промышленным образцам.

2. The provisions of the present Code cover inventions, containing data, being state secret (secret inventions), unless otherwise is provided by special rules of articles 1401–1405 of the present Code and other legal acts, published in accordance with them.

2. На изобретения, содержащие сведения, составляющие государственную тайну (секретные изобретения), положения настоящего Кодекса распространяются, если иное не предусмотрено специальными правилами ст. 1401–1405 настоящего Кодекса и изданными в соответствии с ними иными правовыми актами.

3. The legal protection is not provided in accordance with the present Code to useful models and industrial samples, containing data, being state secret.

3. Полезным моделям и промышленным образцам, содержащим сведения, составляющие государственную тайну, правовая охрана в соответствии с настоящим Кодексом не предоставляется.

4. The following cannot be objects of patent rights: 1) ways of cloning person;

4. Не могут быть объектами патентных прав: 1) способы клонирования человека и его клон;

149

2) ways of modifying genetic integrity of cells of man’s germ line; 3) use of human embryos in industrial and commercial purposes; 4) other decisions, conflicting with public interests, principles of humanity and morality.

2) способы модификации генетической целостности клеток зародышевой линии человека; 3) использование человеческих эмбрионов в промышленных и коммерческих целях; 4) результаты интеллектуальной деятельности, указанные в п. 1 настоящей статьи, если они противоречат общественным интересам, принципам гуманности и морали.

Article 1350. Conditions of invention’s patentability

Статья 1350. Условия патентоспособности изобретения

1. The technical decision in any field, relating to product (in particular, device, substance, germ culture, culture of plant or animals cells) or way (process of exercising activities with respect to material object with the help of materials means) is protected as invention. The legal protection is provided to invention, if it is new, has inventive level and applied in industry.

1. В качестве изобретения охраняется техническое решение в любой области, относящееся к продукту (в частности, устройству, веществу, штамму микроорганизма, культуре клеток растений или животных) или способу (процессу осуществления действий над материальным объектом с помощью материальных средств), в том числе к применению продукта или способа по определенному назначению. Изобретению предоставляется правовая охрана, если оно является новым, имеет изобретательский уровень и промышленно применимо.

2. The invention is new, if it is unknown from the level of engineering. The invention has inventive level, if it does not obviously follow from the level of engineering for specialist. The level of engineering includes any data that have become available all over the world before the date

2. Изобретение является новым, если оно не известно из уровня техники. Изобретение имеет изобретательский уровень, если для специалиста оно явным образом не следует из уровня техники. Уровень техники для изобретения включает любые сведения,

150

of the invention’s priority. In establishing the invention’s novelty all applications for granting patents on inventions and useful models, filed by other persons in the RF, with which documents any person is entitled to familiarize in accordance with clause 2 article 1385 or clause 2 article 1394 of the present Code, and inventions and useful models, patented in the RF, are also included in the level of engineering on condition of their earlier priority.

ставшие общедоступными в мире до даты приоритета изобретения. При установлении новизны изобретения в уровень техники также включаются при условии их более раннего приоритета все поданные в Российской Федерации другими лицами заявки на выдачу патентов на изобретения, полезные модели и промышленные образцы, с документами которых вправе ознакомиться любоелицо в соответствии с п. 2 ст. 1385 или п. 2 ст. 1394 настоящего Кодекса, и запатентованные в Российской Федерации изобретения, полезные модели и промышленные образцы.

3. The disclosure of information, relating to invention, by the author of invention, applicant or any person, received this information from them directly or indirectly, as a result of which the data on essence of invention have become available to all, is not the circumstance that prevents to recognize patentability of invention, on condition that the application for granting a patent on invention was filed to the federal executive body on intellectual property within six months from the day of disclosing information. The burden of proving the fact that the circumstances owing to which the disclosure of information does not prevent recognition of patentability of invention, have taken place, is placed on the applicant.

3. Раскрытие информации, относящейся к изобретению, автором изобретения, заявителем либо любым получившим от них прямо или косвенно эту информацию лицом (в том числе в результате экспонирования изобретения на выставке), вследствие чего сведения о сущности изобретения стали общедоступными, не является обстоятельством, препятствующим признанию патентоспособности изобретения, при условии, что заявка на выдачу патента на изобретение подана в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности в течение шести месяцев со дня раскрытия информации. Бремя доказывания того, что обстоятельства, в силу

151

которых раскрытие информации не препятствует признанию патентоспособности изобретения, имели место, лежит на заявителе. 4. Изобретение является промышленно применимым, если оно может быть использовано в промышленности, сельском хозяйстве, здравоохранении, других отраслях экономики или в социальной сфере.

4. The invention is industrially applicable if it can be used in industry, agriculture, healthcare, other branches of economy or in social sphere.

5. The following are not inventions: 5. Не являются изобретениями, в частности: 1) открытия; 1) discoveries; 2) научные теории и математи2) scientific theories and ческие методы; mathematical methods; 3) решения, касающиеся 3) decisions concerning only outward appearance of goods and только внешнего вида изделий aimed at satisfying aesthetic needs; и направленные на удовлетворение эстетических потребностей; 4) правила и методы игр, ин4) rules and methods of games, intellectual or economical activity; теллектуальной или хозяйственной деятельности; 5) программы для ЭВМ; 5) programs for EC; 6) решения, заключающиеся 6) decisions connected only with только в представлении инфорpresenting information. мации. In accordance with the present В соответствии с настоящим clause the possibility of referring пунктом исключается возможthese objects to inventions is excluded only when the application ность отнесения этих объектов к изобретениям только в случае, for granting patent to invention is connected with these objects as such. когда заявка на выдачу патента на изобретение касается этих объектов как таковых. 6. The legal protection as invention is not provided: 1) to types of plants, species of animals and biological methods of their reception, except for

6. Не предоставляется правовая охрана в качестве изобретения: 1) сортам растений, породам животных и биологическим способам их получения, то есть

152

microbiological methods and products, received by these methods;

2) to integrated circuit topologies.

способам, полностью состоящим из скрещивания и отбора, за исключением микробиологических способов и полученных такими способами продуктов; 2) топология минтегральных микросхем.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 16. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarize the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. Художник Фазис, специализирующийся в жанре поп-арт, создал оригинальную композицию. Она представляла собой движущийся механизм в форме детской карусели, полностью сделанный из соединенных между собой канцелярских скрепок. Механизм приводился в движение от легчайшего толчка. Поскольку первый показ данной композиции вызвал на выставке оглушительный успех, Фазис решил запатентовать данный механизм в качестве изобретения. Оформив заявку и сопровождающую документацию, Фазис обратился в Роспатент, но получил отказ. 1. Какие нарушения критериев патентоспособности изобретения были допущены? 2. Может ли композиция Фазиса получить охрану в качестве результата интеллектуальной деятельности, если да, то какого? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 11 PATENT LAW: PATENT APPLICATION VOCABULARY patent application — заявка на патент preliminary filing — предварительная регистрация заявки cutoff date — дата прекращения priority date — дата приоритета divisional application — выделенная заявка continuation application — продолжающая заявка provisional application — предварительная заявка standard application — типовая заявка patent specification — описание изобретения к патенту valid patent — действующий патент filing date — дата подачи заявки standard patent — рядовой патент priority claim — преимущественное требование priorart — прототип, известный уровень техники nonobviousness — неочевидность industrial applicability — промышленная применимость filing fee — регистрационная пошлина

READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What exactly does the owner of a patent obtain from the state? 2. What conditions must be met to obtain patent protection? 3. Who grants patents? 4. How much does it cost to patent an invention? 5. What is the best way to achieve international protection for a patent? 6. What practical steps does a person have to take to obtain patent protection? 7. Can the decision to grant a patent be challenged? 8. Is it possible to extend the term of patent protection? 154

There are numerous conditions that must be met in order to obtain a patent and it is not possible to compile an exhaustive, universally applicable list. However, some of the key conditions include the following: • the invention must show an element of novelty; that is, some new characteristic which is not known in the body of existing knowledge in its technical field. This body of existing knowledge is called “prior art”; • the invention must involve an “inventive step” or “non-obvious”, which means that it could not be obviously deduced by a person having ordinary skill in the relevant technical field; • the invention must be capable of industrial application, meaning that it must be capable of being used for an industrial or business purpose beyond a mere theoretical phenomenon, or be useful. Its subject matter must be accepted as “patentable” under law. In many countries, scientific theories, aesthetic creations, mathematical methods, plant or animal varieties, discoveries of natural substances, commercial methods, methods for medical treatment (as opposed to medical products) or computer programs are generally not patentable. The invention must be disclosed in an application in a manner sufficiently clear and complete to enable it to be replicated by a person with an ordinary level of skill in the relevant technical field. A patent is granted by a national patent office or by a regional office that carries out the task for a number of countries. Currently, the following regional patent offices are operational: • • • • •

African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI); African Regional Intellectual Property Organization (ARIPO); Eurasian Patent Organization (EAPO); European Patent Office (EPO); Patent Office of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf (GCC Patent Office).

Under such regional systems, an applicant requests protection for an invention in one or more member states of the regional organization in question. The regional office accepts these patent applications, which have the same effect as national applications, or grants patents, if all the criteria for the grant of such a regional patent are met. The cost of patenting an invention depends on factors such as the nature of the invention, its complexity, patent attorney’s fees, the length of the application, and possible objections raised during the examination by the patent office. Some countries offer discounts to small- and medium-sized enterprises and applicants filing the application online. In addition to the national official filing fees, once a patent is granted by the patent office, you must pay maintenance or renewal fees, generally on an annual basis, to maintain the validity of the patent. 155

In case you decide to patent your invention abroad, you should also consider the relevant official filing fees for each country in question, the translation costs, and the costs of using local patent agents, which is a requirement in many countries for foreign applicants. At present, you cannot obtain a universal “world patent” or “international patent”. Patents are territorial rights. In general, an application for a patent must be filed, and the patent granted and enforced, in each country in which you seek patent protection for your invention, in accordance with the law of that country. Therefore, one way of obtaining patents in a number of countries is to file a national patent application with each relevant national patent office. If you are seeking patent protection in a number of countries worldwide, a good option is to file an international application under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT), administered by WIPO. The first step in securing a patent is the filing of a patent application. In the patent application, in general, you must describe the title of the invention, as well as provide an indication of its technical field. You must also include the background to and a description of the invention, in clear language and enough detail that a person with an average understanding of the field could use or reproduce the invention. Such descriptions are usually accompanied by visual materials such as drawings, plans, or diagrams to better describe the invention and an abstract, which contains a brief summary of the invention. You must also clearly and concisely define the matter for which patent protection is sought in the “claims” part of the patent application. In addition, depending on the applicable patent law, you may need to submit various kinds of statements, declarations or supporting documents to a patent office. The procedures vary significantly from one country to another, so it is impossible to provide an exhaustive step-by-step overview. The grant of a patent can be challenged either via a patent office or in a court of law. A court may invalidate or revoke a patent upon a successful challenge by a third party. In addition, many patent offices provide administrative procedures that allow third parties to oppose to the grant of a patent (including so-called “opposition systems”), for example, on the basis that the claimed invention is not new or does not involve an inventive step. In some countries, patent protection may be extended beyond 20 years or a Supplementary Protection Certificate (SPC) may be issued in very specific cases. The extension aims to compensate for the time expended on the administrative approval procedure before products can be put on the market. The time taken for this procedure means that the patent owner may sometimes not be able to benefit from his right for a considerable period of time after the grant of the patent. (http://www.wipo.int/patents/en/faq_patents.html) 156

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 2. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate phrases. Interpret it. prior art; disclosure; valid patent; non-disclosure agreement; publication; grace period; granting of a patent; filing date; applicable law; patent application Confidentiality Patents are granted by patent offices in exchange for a full … of the invention. In general, the details of the invention are then published and made available to the public at large. It should be noted that … can take place at various stages of the procedure. In some countries, the patent document is only published after the ... In other countries, patent applications are generally published 18 months from the … or, where priority has been claimed, the priority date. It is important to file a … before publicly disclosing the details of an invention. In general, any invention which is made public before an application is filed would be considered “...” (although the definition of the term “prior art” is not uniform at the international level, in many countries, it refers to any information which has been made available to the public anywhere in the world by written or oral disclosure before the filing date). In countries which apply the above definition of the term “prior art”, an applicant’s public disclosure of an invention prior to filing a patent application would prevent him/her from obtaining a … for that invention, since the invention would not comply with the novelty requirement. Some countries, however, allow for a … — usually between 6 and 12 months — which provides a safeguard for applicants who disclosed their inventions before filing a patent application. Further, the novelty criteria may be interpreted differently depending on the ... If disclosing your invention before filing a patent application is unavoidable — for example, to a potential investor or a business partner — then any disclosure should be accompanied by a confidentiality or ... It should also be kept in mind that applying early for patent protection will generally be helpful when seeking financial support to commercialize an invention. (http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/registration/pct/summary_pct. html#_ftn1)

Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. novelty; prior art; 157

non-obviousness; industrial applicability; patent application; confidentiality agreement

Exercise 4. Read the text as quickly as possible. Answer the questions: What is the main part of the application? What does it include? Translate it focusing on the underlined words and word combinations. Patent specification A patent specification is a document describing the invention for which a patent is sought and setting out the scope of the protection of the patent. As such, a specification generally contains a section detailing the background and overview of the invention, a description of the invention and embodiments of the invention and claims, which set out the scope of the protection. A specification may include figures to aid the description of the invention, gene sequences and references to biological deposits, or computer code, depending upon the subject matter of the application. Most patent offices also require that the application include an abstract which provides a summary of the invention to aid searching. A title must also generally be provided for the application. Each patent office has rules relating to the form of the specification, defining such things as paper size, font, layout, section ordering and headings. Such requirements vary between offices. A description cannot generally be modified once it is filed (with narrow exceptions), so it is important to have it done correctly the first time.

Exercise 5. Match the terms with their definitions and translate. examination; patent office; the abstract; patent pending; priority date; the claims; opposition system; maintenance fees; specification; search 1. It is a part of the document that is directed to the technician; it contains sufficient technical information for a skilled person in that area to study the science to see whether it goes beyond what already exists in the field. 2. It is a governmental or intergovernmental organization that controls the issue of patents. 3. It is a part of the specification and a legal part of the application which a court will look at to determine whether ther has been infringement. 4. It is an administrative procedure that allows third parties to oppose to the grant of a patent. 5. It is the date of the earliest application for a patent for a particular invention in any country of the world where the priority of such application can be validly claimed. 158

6. These fees are paid to maintain a granted patent in force. 7. It is a description of the invention and the best method of performing it. 8. This term is used to describe an alleged invention that is the subject of a patent application. The term may be used to mark products containing the invention to draw competitors’ attention to the fact that they may be infringing a patent if the product is copied after the patent is granted. 9. This is the process of researching to reveal a prior art which may be relevant to the patentability of the invention. It is useful to the applicant to determine whether the application should be pursued or if there is a prior art that prevents the grant of a useful patent, in which case the application may be abandoned before incurring further expense. 10. This is the process of ensuring that an application complies with the requirements of the relevant patent laws.

LISTENING 1 Exercise 6. You are going to hear a lecture on the prior art search. Listen and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eybXz4jvoz0 1. The primary goal of the prior art search is to discover how likely it is that an invention will be granted a patent. 2. Prior art search is a time-consuming and money-consuming process. 3. To be granted a patent, an invention must meet four requirements. 4. Utility requires an invention to be available to the public. 5. Prior art search is the first and the most important step in the patent process.

READING 2 Exercise 7. Read through the article and answer the questions. Summarize it. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

When was the PTC concluded and modified? What rights does the PTC provide the patent applicant with? What is an international search report? Can an applicant withdraw an international application? Why? What is the goal of an additional search? What is the goal of an optional international preliminary examination? What are the advantages of the procedure under the PCT? What are the most important tasks of the Assembly? 159

Summary of the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) (1970) The PCT was concluded in 1970, amended in 1979 and modified in 1984 and in 2001. The Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) makes it possible to seek patent protection for an invention simultaneously in each of a large number of countries by filing an “international” patent application. Such an application may be filed by anyone who is a national or resident of a PCT Contracting State. It may generally be filed with the national patent office of the Contracting State of which the applicant is a national or resident or, at the applicant’s option, with the International Bureau of WIPO in Geneva. The Treaty regulates in detail the formal requirements with which international applications must comply. Filing a PCT application has the effect of automatically designating all Contracting States bound by the PCT on the international filing date. The effect of the international application is the same in each designated State as if a national patent application had been filed with the national patent office of that State. The international application is subjected to an international search. That search is carried out by one of the competent International Searching Authorities (ISA) under the PCT and results in an international search report, that is, a listing of the citations of published documents that might affect the patentability of the invention claimed in the international application. In addition, a preliminary and non-binding written opinion on whether the invention appears to meet patentability criteria in light of the search report results is also issued. The international search report and written opinion are communicated to the applicant who, after evaluating their content, may decide to withdraw the application, in particular where the content of the report and opinion suggests that the granting of patents is unlikely, or the applicant may decide to amend the claims in the application. If the international application is not withdrawn, it is published by the International Bureau, together with the international search report. Before the expiration of 19 months from the priority date, the applicant has the option to request a Supplementary International Searching Authority (SISA) to carry out an additional search of relevant documentation, specifically focusing on documents in the particular language in which that authority specializes. The goal of this additional search is to reduce the likelihood of further documents coming to light in the national phase that would make granting the patent unlikely. An applicant that decides to continue with the international application with a view to obtaining national (or regional) patents can, in relation to most Contracting States, wait until the end of the thirtieth month from the priority date to commence the national procedure before each designated office by furnishing a translation (where necessary) of the application into the 160

official language of that office, paying to it the necessary fees and acquiring the services of local patent agents. If the applicant wishes to make amendments to the application — for example, in order to address documents identified in the search report and conclusions made in the written opinion — and to have the potential patentability of the “as-amended” application reviewed — an optional international preliminary examination may be requested. The result of the preliminary examination is an international preliminary report on patentability which is prepared by one of the competent International Preliminary Examining Authorities (IPEA) under the PCT and which contains a preliminary and non-binding opinion on the patentability of the claimed invention. It provides the applicant with an even stronger basis on which to evaluate the chances of obtaining a patent and, if the report is favorable, a stronger basis on which to continue with the application before national and regional patent offices. The procedure under the PCT has great advantages for applicants, patent offices and the general public: 1) applicants have up to 18 months more than if they had not used the PCT to reflect on the desirability of seeking protection in foreign countries, appoint local patent agents in each foreign country, prepare the necessary translations and pay national fees; 2) applicants can rest assured that, if their international application is in the form prescribed by the PCT, it cannot be rejected on formal grounds by any designated office during the national phase; 3) on the basis of the international search report and the written opinion, applicants can evaluate with reasonable probability the chances of their invention being patented; 4) applicants have the possibility, during the optional international preliminary examination, to amend the international application and thus put it in order before processing by the various patent offices; 5) the search and examination work of patent offices can be considerably reduced or eliminated thanks to the international search report, the written opinion and, where applicable, the international preliminary report on patentability which are communicated to designated offices together with the international application; 6) since each international application is published with an international search report, third parties are in a better position to formulate a well-founded opinion about the potential patentability of the claimed invention; 7) for applicants, international publication puts the world on notice of their applications, which can be an effective means of advertising and looking for potential licensees. Ultimately, the PCT brings the world within reach;postpones the major costs associated with international patent protection;provides a strong basis for patenting decisions; andis used by the world’s major corporations, research institutions and universities in seeking international patent protection. The PCT created a Union which has an Assembly. Every State party to the PCT is a member of the Assembly. Among the most important tasks of 161

the Assembly are the amendment of the Regulations issued under the Treaty, the adoption of the biennial program and budget of the Union and the fixing of certain fees connected with the use of the PCT system. (www.wipo.int)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 8. Match the concepts with their definitions and translate. Types of applications Patent offices may define a number of types of applications, each offering different benefits and being useful in different situations. continuation application; provisional application; patent application; standard application; divisional application 1. It is a patent application containing all of the necessary parts (e.g. a written description of the invention and claims) that are required for the grant of a patent. It may or may not result in the grant of a patent depending upon the outcome of an examination by the patent office it is filed in. 2. This application provides the opportunity to place an application on file to obtain a filing date (thereby securing a priority date). The disclosure in this kind of an application may, within a limited time (one year in the US), be incorporated into a standard patent application if a patent is to be pursued. Otherwise, it expires. No enforceable rights can be obtained solely through the filing of this application. 3. Such an application is a convenient method of including material from a previous application in a new application when the priority year has expired and further refinement is needed. 4. It is an application that has been “divided” from an existing application. It can only contain subject matter in the application from which it is divided (its parent), but retains the filing and priority date of that parent. It is useful if a unity of invention objection is issued, in which case the second (and third, fourth, etc) inventions can be protected in this application. 5. It is a request pending at a patent office for the grant of a patent for the invention described and claimed by that application. It consists of a description of the invention (the patent specification), together with official forms and correspondence relating to the application.

Exercise 9. Give Russian equivalents. Provisional application; standard application; patent specification; valid patent; filing date; standard patent; priority claim; prior art; nonobviousness; 162

industrial applicability; filing fee; national patent office; nature of the invention; maintenance or renewal fees, annual basis; to maintain the validity; translation costs;secure a patent;applicable patent law;challenge a patent; invalidate or revoke a patent.

Exercise 10. Give English equivalents. Предварительная регистрация заявки; дата прекращения; дата приоритета; выделенная заявка; продолжающая заявка; предварительная заявка; в открытом доступе; соответствовать требованию; юридическая сила международного патента; подвергаться международной проверке; предварительное письменное мнение рекомендательного характера; критерии петентоспособности; отзывать заявку; вносить поправки в пункты патентной формулы; начинать процедуру на национальном уровне; оценивать шансы; заявитель; искать потенциального лицензиата.

Exercise 11. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with appropriate prepositions. Translate it. up to; with (X4); out; after; to (X2); in; from; under; during Claims The claims of a patent specification define the scope of protection of a patent granted … those claims. The claims describe the invention in a specific legal style, setting … the essential features of the invention in a manner to clearly define what will infringe the patent. Claims are often amended … prosecution to narrow or expand their scope. Filing date The filing date of an application is important as it sets a cutoff date … which any public disclosures will not form prior art (but the priority date must also be considered), and also because in most jurisdictions (notably not the USA) the right to a patent for an invention lies … the first person to file an application for the protection of that invention. It is therefore generally beneficial to file an application as soon as possible. In order to obtain a filing date the documents filed must comply … the regulations of the patent office in which it was filed. A full specification complying with all rules may not be required to obtain a filing date, for example in the United Kingdom, claims and an abstract are not required to obtain a filing date, but can be added later. However, no subject matter can be added to an application after the filing date and so it is vital that an application discloses all the material relevant … the application at the time of filing. If the requirements for the award of a filing date are not met, the Patent Office will notify the applicant of the deficiencies. Depending upon the law of the patent office … question, correction may be possible without moving 163

the filing date, or the application may be awarded a filing date adjusted … the date on which the requirements are completed. Priority claim A patent application may make a claim to priority … another previously filed application, in order to take advantage of the filing date of information disclosed in that earlier application. Claiming priority is desirable because the earlier effective filing date reduces the number of prior art disclosures, increasing the likelihood of obtaining a patent. The priority system is principally useful in filing patent applications in many countries, as the cost of the filings can be delayed by … … a year, without any of the applications made earlier for the same invention counting against later applications. The rules relating to priority claims are derived from the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property and countries which provide a priority system in conformity … the Paris convention are said to be convention countries. These should not be confused with the rules … the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT).

Exercise 12. Translate from Russian into English focusing on the underlined constructions. Security issues Many national patent offices require that security clearance is given prior to the filing of a patent application in foreign countries. Such clearance is intended to protect national security by preventing the spread and publication of technologies related to (amongst others) warfare or nuclear arms.The rules vary between patent offices, but in general all applications filed are reviewed and if they contain any relevant material, a secrecy order may be imposed. That order may prevent the publication of the application, and/or the foreign filing of patents relating to the invention.Should it be desired to file an application in a country other than an inventor’s country of residence, it may be necessary to obtain a foreign filing licence from the inventor’s national patent office to permit filing abroad. Some offices, such as the USPTO, may grant an automatic license after a specified time (eg, 6 months), if a secrecy order is not issued in that time.Anyone working on government contracts involving national security technologies would be well advised to carefully coordinate patent applications with the relevant agencies. Similarly, patent applicants should be aware of the arms export-control laws that may restrict the types of technical information that can be disclosed to any foreign nationals. Publication Patent applications are generally published 18 months after the earliest priority date of the application. Prior to that publication the application is confidential to the patent office. After publication, depending upon local rules, certain parts of the application file may remain confidential, but it is common for all communications between an applicant (or his agent) and the patent office to be publicly available. 164

The publication of a patent application marks the date at which it is publicly available and therefore at which it forms full prior art for other patent applications worldwide. Issue or grant Once the patent application complies with the requirements of the relevant Patent Office, a patent will be granted further official fees, and in some regional patent systems, such as the European patent system, translations of the application into the official languages of the states in which protection is desired must be filed to validate the patent.The date of issue effectively terminates prosecution of a specific application, after which continuing applications cannot be filed, and establishes the date upon which infringement may be charged. Furthermore, an issue date for a USA application filed prior to 1995 also factors into the term of the patent, whereas the term of later filings is determined solely by the filing date. Post-issue or grant Many jurisdictions require periodic payment of maintenance fees in order to retain the validity of a patent after it is issued and during its term. Failure to timely pay the fees results in the loss of the patent’s protection. The validity of an issued patent may also be subject to post-issue challenges of various types, some of which may cause the patent office to re-examine the application.

Exercise 13. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. Заявка на выдачу патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец подается в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности лицом, обладающим правом на получение патента в соответствии с законом. 2. Приоритет изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца устанавливается по дате подачи заявки в соответствующий орган власти. 3. Заявитель имеет право внести в документы заявки на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец исправления и уточнения без изменения сущности заявленного изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца до принятия по этой заявке решения о выдаче патента либо решения об отказе в выдаче патента. 4. Заявленному изобретению с даты публикации сведений о заявке до даты публикации сведений о выдаче патента предоставляется временная правовая охрана в объеме опубликованной формулы. 5. Для объектов патентного права выделяются следующие неимущественные права: право на подачу заявки на выдачу патента; право авторства. 165

6. Все исключительные имущественные права автора или иного правообладателя связаны с возможностями использования объекта интеллектуальной собственности в любой форме и любым способом, например, право на использование, право на воспроизведение, право на распространение, на передачу в эфир, на публичный показ и т. д. 7. Патентообладатель может не только самостоятельно использовать принадлежащий ему объект, но и предоставить право на его использование другим лицам, при этом либо уступив все свои права, вытекающие из патента, либо выдавая лицензию на использование, сохранив за собой часть прав.

SPEAKING Exercise 14. Interpret the questions into English and the answers into Russian. Кто может подать заявку на патент? Anyone can apply for a patent and they do not need to be the inventor, although if this is the case they must have some entitlement in law to apply, for example through contractual arrangement, and the basis for this must be made clear at the time of application. The inventor is entitled to be named both in the application and the patent. Почему так важна дата подачи заявки? The filing date of an application is important as it sets a cutoff date after which any public disclosures will not form prior art (but the priority date must also be considered), and also because in most jurisdictions (notably, not the USA) the right to a patent for an invention lies with the first person to file an application for protection of that invention. It is therefore generally beneficial to file an application as soon as possible. Почему патентные бюро требуют запроса о нераглашении закрытой информации? Many national patent offices require that security clearance is given prior to the filing of a patent application in foreign countries. Such clearance is intended to protect national security by preventing the spread and publication of technologies related to (amongst others) warfare ornuclear arms. Что, возможно, потребуется, если вы хотите подать заявку на патент в стране, гражданином которой не являетесь? Should it be desired to file an application in a country other than an inventor’s country of residence, it may be necessary to obtain a foreign filing licence from the inventor’s national patent office to permit filing abroad. Что подразумевает под собой публикация патентных заявок? Patent applications are generally published 18 months after the earliest priority date of the application. Prior to that publication the application is confidential to the patent office. After publication, depending upon local 166

rules, certain parts of the application file may remain confidential, but it is common for all communications between an applicant (or his agent) and the patent office to be publicly available.The publication of a patent application marks the date at which it is publicly available and therefore at which it forms full prior art for other patent applications worldwide. Что означает фраза «патент заявлен»? Patent pending is a term used to describe an alleged invention that is the subject of a patent application. The term may be used to mark products containing the invention to draw competitors’ attention to the fact that they may be infringing a patent if the product is copied after the patent is granted. The rules relating to the use of the term to mark products vary between patent offices, as do the benefits of such marking. In general, it is permissible to apply the term patent pending to a product if there is, in fact, a patent pending for any invention implemented in the product. Какая стадия наступает после того, как заявка на патент подана? В чем ее суть? After filing, and when requested, a patent application is researched to reveal prior art which may be relevant to the patentability of the invention. The search report is published, generally with the application 18 months after the priority date with the application, and as such is a public document. The search report is useful to the applicant to determine whether the application should be pursued or if there is prior art that prevents the grant of a useful patent, in which case the application may be abandoned before incurring further expense. Почему экспертиза — это длительный и сложный процесс? Examination is the process of ensuring an application complies with the requirements of the relevant patent laws. Examination is generally an iterative process, in which the patent office writes to the applicant notifying him/ her of its objections to which the applicant responds with arguments and/ or amendments to overcome the objections. Amendments and arguments may then be accepted or rejected, triggering further response, and so forth, until a patent is issued or the application is abandoned. Что Вы можете рассказать о дате выдачи патента? Once the patent application complies with the requirements of the relevant Patent Office, a patent will be granted further official fees, and in some regional patent systems, such as the European patent system, translations of the application into the official languages of the states in which protection is desired must be filed to validate the patent. The date of issue effectively terminates prosecution of a specific application, after which continuing applications cannot be filed, and establishes the date upon which infringement may be charged. Какое требование необходимо выполнять после получения патента? Many jurisdictions require periodic payment of maintenance fees in order to retain the validity of a patent after it is issued and during its term. Failure to timely pay the fees results in the loss of the patent’s protection. 167

LISTENING 2 Exercise 15. You are going to hear an interview for jurors about the patent process. Listen and answer the questions. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ax7QHQTbKQE 1. What rights does a patent grant to an owner? 2. What is the effective life of a patent? 3. What is a conception? 4. What is a patent attorney responsible for? 5. Who is a patent examiner? 6. Why is ‘art’ used in the term ‘prior art’? 7. What is a specification? 8. What is the most important part of the patent? 9. What is a prosecution of the patent application? 10. What is a duty of candor? 11. What are office actions and responses? 12. What is a file wrapper? 13. When can a person who has assigned a patent to enforce the patent? 14. What is a disputable infringement? 15. What is a defense to an infringement lawsuit? 16. What is preponderance of evidence? 17. What is clear and convincing evidence?

REVISION Exercise 16. Study the following extracts from the articles of the Civil Code (Part IV) of the Russian Federation. Find specialized terms in English and suggest their synonyms if any. Article 1374. Filing application for granting patent to invention, useful model or industrial sample

Статья 1374. Подача заявки на выдачу патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец.

1. The application for granting patent to invention, useful model or industrial sample is filed to the federal executive body on intellectual property by the person, possessing the right to receiving patent in accordance with the present Code (applicant).

1. Заявка на выдачу патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец подается в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности лицом, обладающим правом на получение патента

168

в соответствии с настоящим Кодексом (заявителем). 2. The application for granting patent to invention, useful model or industrial sample is filed in Russian. Other documents of the application are presented in Russian or other language. If the documents of the application are presented in the other language, their translation into Russian is enclosed.

2. Заявление о выдаче патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец представляется на русском языке. Прочие документы заявки представляются на русском или другом языке. Если документы заявки представлены на другом языке, к заявке прилагается их перевод на русский язык.

3. The application for granting patent to invention, useful model or industrial sample is signed by the applicant, and in case of filing application through patent attorney or other representative — by the applicant or his representative, filing the application.

3. Заявление о выдаче патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец подписывается заявителем, а в случае подачи заявки через патентного поверенного или иного представителя — заявителем или его представителем, подающим заявку.

4. The requirements to documents of the application for granting patent to invention, useful model or industrial sample are established on the basis of the present Code by the federal executive body, exercising standard and legal regulation in the sphere of intellectual property.

4. Требования к документам заявки на выдачу патента на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец устанавливаются на основании настоящего Кодекса федеральным органом исполнительной власти, осуществляющим нормативно-правовое регулирование в сфере интеллектуальной собственности.

Article 1381. Establishing priority of invention, useful model or industrial sample

Статья 1381. Установление приоритета изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца

1. The priority of invention, useful model or industrial sample is established by the date of filing the application for invention,

1. Приоритет изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца устанавливается по дате подачи в федеральный

169

useful model or industrial sample to the federal executive body on intellectual property.

орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности заявки на изобретение, полезную модель или промышленный образец.

2. The priority of invention, useful model or industrial sample can be established by the date of receiving additional materials, if they are drawn up by the applicant as independent application that is filed before the expiration of three-month term from the day of receiving the notification by the applicant of the federal executive body on intellectual property about impossibility to take into account additional materials in connection with considering them changing the essence of the stated decision, and on condition that for the date of filing such independent application the application, containing the mentioned additional materials, is not withdrawn and considered to be withdrawn.

2. Приоритет изобретения, полезной модели или промышленного образца может быть установлен по дате поступления дополнительных материалов, если они оформлены заявителем в качестве самостоятельной заявки, которая подана до истечения трехмесячного срока со дня получения заявителем уведомления федерального органа исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности о невозможности принять во внимание дополнительные материалы в связи с признанием их изменяющими сущность заявленного решения, и при условии, что на дату подачи такой самостоятельной заявки заявка, содержащая указанные дополнительные материалы, не отозвана и не признана отозванной.

Article 1386. Expertise of application for invention in essence

Статья 1386. Экспертиза заявки на изобретение по существу.

1. By the applicant’s or third parties’ request that can be filed to the federal executive body on intellectual property in filing the application for invention or within three years from the day of filing such application and on condition of completing formal expertise of this application with positive result the expertise of application

1. По ходатайству заявителя или третьих лиц, которое может быть подано в федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности при подаче заявки на изобретение или в течение трех лет с даты подачи этой заявки, и при условии завершения формальной экспертизы этой

170

for invention in essence is made. The federal executive body on intellectual property notifies the applicant about received petitions of the third parties. The term of filing the petition on making expertise of application for invention in essence can be prolonged by the federal executive body on intellectual property by the applicant’s petition, filed before the expiration of this term, but not more than two months on condition of presenting the document, confirming the payment of patent fee, together with the petition. If the petition on making expertise of application for invention in essence was not filed within the established term, the application is considered to be withdrawn.

заявки с положительным результатом проводится экспертиза заявки на изобретение по существу. О поступивших ходатайствах третьих лиц указанный федеральный орган исполнительной власти уведомляет заявителя. Срок подачи ходатайства о проведении экспертизы заявки на изобретение по существу может быть продлен федеральным органом исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности по ходатайству заявителя, поданному до истечения этого срока, но не более чем на два месяца. Если ходатайство о проведении экспертизы заявки на изобретение по существу не подано в установленный срок, заявка признается отозванной.

2. The expertise of application for invention in essence includes: information search with respect to the state invention for defining the state of art, in comparison with which the evaluation of novelty and inventive level of invention will be made; examination of correspondence of the stated invention to conditions of patentability, provided by article 1350 of the present Code. The information search with respect to the stated invention, relating to objects, mentioned in clause 4 article 1349 and clauses 5 and 6 article 1350 of the present Code, is not made, about what the federal executive body on intellectual

2. Экспертиза заявки на изобретение по существу включает: информационный поиск в отношении заявленного изобретения для определения уровня техники, с учетом которого будет осуществляться проверка патентоспособности изобретения; проверку соответствия заявленного изобретения требованиям, установленным п. 4 ст. 1349 настоящего Кодекса, и условиям патентоспособности, установленным абзацем первым п. 1, п. 5 и 6 ст. 1350 настоящего Кодекса; Информационный поиск в отношении объектов, указанных в п. 4 ст. 1349 и п. 5 и 6 ст. 1350

171

property notifies the applicant before the expiration of six months till the day of commencing expertise of the application for invention in essence. The procedure of making informational search and presenting report about it is established by the federal executive body, exercising standard and legal regulation in the sphere of intellectual property.

настоящего Кодекса, не проводится, о чем федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности уведомляет заявителя. Порядок проведения информационного поиска и представления отчета о нем устанавливается федеральным органом исполнительной власти, осуществляющим нормативно-правовое регулирование в сфере интеллектуальной собственности.

3. At the expiration of six months from the day of commencing expertise of the application for invention in essence the federal executive body on intellectual property sends the report to the applicant about informational search, unless by such application earlier priority than the date of filing the application is requested, and if the petition on making expertise of the application for invention in essence is filed in filing the application. The term of sending the report to the applicant on informational search can be prolonged by the federal executive body on intellectual property, if the necessity of inquiry of informational source in other organizations, being absent in the funds of the mentioned federal body, was revealed or the stated invention is characterized by such a way that this makes impossible to make informational search in the established order. The mentioned federal body notifies the applicant on prolonging the term

3. Если ходатайство о проведении экспертизы заявки на изобретение по существу подано при подаче заявки и по заявке не испрашивается приоритет более ранний, чем дата подачи заявки, федеральный орган исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности направляет заявителю отчет об информационном поиске до истечения семи месяцев со дня начала экспертизы заявки на изобретение по существу. Срок направления заявителю отчета об информационном поиске может быть продлен федеральным органом исполнительной власти по интеллектуальной собственности, если выявлена необходимость запроса в других организациях источника информации, отсутствующего в фондах указанного федерального органа исполнительной власти, или заявленное изобретение охарактеризовано таким образом, что это делает невозможным проведение информационного поиска

172

of sending the report on informational search and reasons of its prolongation.

в установленном порядке. О продлении срока направления отчета об информационном поиске и о причинах его продления указанный федеральный орган исполнительной власти уведомляет заявителя.

4. The applicant and third parties have the right to solicit for making informational search by the application for invention, passed formal expertise with positive result, for determining the state of art, in comparison with which the estimation of novelty and inventive level of the stated invention. The procedure and terms of making such informational search and presenting data on its results are established by the federal executive body, exercising standard and legal regulation in the sphere of intellectual property.

4. Заявитель и третьи лица вправе ходатайствовать о проведении по заявке на изобретение, прошедшей формальную экспертизу с положительным результатом, информационного поиска для определения уровня техники, с учетом которого будет осуществляться проверка патентоспособности заявленного изобретения. Порядок и условия проведения такого информационного поиска и предоставления сведений о его результатах устанавливаются федеральным органом исполнительной власти, осуществляющим нормативно-правовое регулирование в сфере интеллектуальной собственности.

Unit 12 IP AND SPORTS READING 1 Exercise 1. Read through the text and answer the questions. 1. What are the key drivers in the world of sport? 2. How are patents, trademarks, brands, designs and copyright involved in the world of sport? 3. What are the ways of protecting a sports shoe? Innovation and creativity are key drivers in the world of sport. In every sporting field, inventors and creators are working behind the scenes to push the boundaries, creating new opportunities for enjoyment and for athletes to better their performance. Sport shows intellectual property in action. Patents encourage technological advances that result in better sporting equipment. Trademarks, brands and designs contribute to the distinct identity of events, teams and their gear. Copyright-related rights generate the revenues needed for broadcasters to invest in the costly undertaking of broadcasting sports events to fans all over the world. IP rights are the basis of licensing and merchandising agreements that earn revenues to support development of the sports industry. A sports shoe may be protected by several IP rights: — patents protect the technology used to develop the shoe; — design protect the “look” of the shoe; — trademarks distinguish the shoe from similar products and protect the “reputation” of the shoe (and the company making it); — copyright protects any artwork and audiovisual creations used to publicize the shoe. (http://www.wipo.int/ip-sport/en/broadcasting.html)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 2. Read through the text and fill in the gaps with the appropriate phrases. Summarize it. 174

authorize rebroadcasting; target for unauthorized retransmission; broadcast top sporting events live; protection of broadcasters’ rights needs updating; reducing the value of those rights; recognize and reward the entrepreneurial efforts; shutting down illegal websites; sale of broadcasting and media rights Copyright and related rights, particularly those relating to broadcasting organizations, underpin the relationship between sport and television and other media. Television and media organizations pay huge sums of money for the exclusive right to ... For most sports organizations, the … is now the biggest source of revenue, generating the funds needed to finance major sporting events, refurbish stadiums, and contribute to the development of sport at grassroots level. The royalties that broadcasters earn from selling their exclusive footage to other media outlets enable them to invest in the costly organizational and technical infrastructure involved in broadcasting sports events to millions of fans all over the world. Broadcasters’ rights: • safeguard costly investments in televising sporting events; • … of broadcasting organizations; • recognize and reward their contribution to diffusion of information and culture. Under the International Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organizations (Rome Convention) of 1961, broadcasters have exclusive rights for 20 years to …, “fixation” (recording), reproduction and communication to the public of their broadcasts. However, there is wide agreement that the … to accommodate the digital communications revolution. Ongoing negotiations at WIPO aim to create an international legal framework that adequately and efficiently protects against the piracy of broadcast signals. Competitive sport has become a global billion-dollar industry due in large part to intellectual property rights and ever closer cooperation between the media, sponsors and sports authorities. However, more sophisticated communications technologies, accessible to a wide public, have not only enabled fans to follow live sports wherever they may be, but have opened new possibilities for signal theft. Live sports broadcasts have been a particular … on the internet. Signal piracy not only threatens the advertising and sales revenues of the broadcasters that have paid for exclusive rights to show live coverage of sports events, but also risks … and hence the revenues of sports organizations. While national laws provide various options for tackling signal piracy, including …, broadcasting organizations have pressed for better legal protection at international level. At the same time, broadcasters and sports organizations 175

are using digital media to reach out to and engage their audiences, especially younger viewers, by offering sports coverage in a variety of formats. (http://www.wipo.int/ip-sport/en/broadcasting.html)

Exercise 3. Discuss the following phrases in pairs and explain them in your own words. • • • • •

live attendance; broadcast live; entertainment industry; high-rated program on prime-time; development of sport at grassroots level

Exercise 4. Translate from English into Russian. 1. In the 20th century, the vast majority of sports revenue still came from fans attending live games, but by the early 2000s, the football’s overall revenue came from broadcasting. 2. In the 20th century, leagues began to exploit another potential revenue source — licensing use of team names and logos on merchandise. 3. This new marketing phenomenon has not only become a lucrative asset for teams (and thence a source for rising player salary): it is now a direct bonanza for players. 4. There has been a huge surge in litigation about the intellectual property in sports and it reflects the interplay of three underlying factors; first, the continuing increase in the popularity of the games and their athletes; next, the development of new technologies for fan access to them, especially over the Internet; finally, the creation of new legal rules defining the scope of these property rights.

READING 2 Exercise 5. Read through the text and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. Trademarks are not involved in sports business. 2. Trademarks help the company to develop and retain a loyal clientele, by instilling consumer confidence and trust in the goods and services it provides. 3. Trademarks can also become symbols of a specific lifestyle or behavior. 4. Brand advertising using sports teams and players is not crucial for creating business value. 5. The WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center provides time- and costefficient mechanisms to resolve internet domain name disputes, without the need for court litigation. 176

6. By protecting their brand or trademark, organizers of sports events can only increase their commercial revenue. Sport and Branding Brands are critical for creating business value, and the sports business is no exception. Strong brands command customer loyalty and premium prices, constituting valuable assets that drive company revenue and growth. They are central to many sports business transactions, especially sponsorship deals and product merchandising. And at the heart of branding lie trademarks. Trademarks are 1) valuable assets; 2) build trust, confidence and loyalty in a product; 3) represent, if successful, a promise kept. A trademark is a badge of origin that enables a customer to recognize a product of a particular company. Depending on domestic law and practice, it can be, for example, a word or name (like Wilson), a symbol (such as Nike’s swoosh or Adidas’ three stripes), a number, a color, a shape, or even a sound or smell. Trademarks distinguish a company, its products and services from those of competitors, acting as a quick and reliable guide to quality. They help the company to build a reputation in the market and to develop and retain a loyal clientele, by instilling consumer confidence and trust in the goods and services it provides. The goodwill associated with a successful trademark or brand can be a huge commercial asset. The prominent display of trademarks at prestigious sporting events increases sales by appealing to the aspirations and emotions of sports fans, who are drawn to signs associated with a given club or sport. Trademarks can also become symbols of a specific lifestyle or behaviour. Thus sponsorship of a prestigious sports event, such as the FIFA World Cup™ or the Olympic Games, can link a company or product to the prestige, youth and dynamism of that event. Brand advertising using sports teams and players is also big business, and the financial health of many sports organizations, clubs and even individual athletes can depend on advertising and sponsorship revenue. The more successful a team, the more valuable its brand, and the higher the income and spending power of the sports organization involved. This in turn enhances the entertainment value of, say, a football match, because the club can afford better facilities and more skilful players. Successful examples of the use of trademarks to market and develop the business of sport include the NBA (National Basketball Association) in the United States and Manchester United football club in the United Kingdom. Image rights Many sports personalities are able to generate significant earnings both from leveraging their own brand as elite athletes and from sponsorship deals with various brand owners. Sporting celebrities can register themselves as trademarks, not only their own name but also nicknames, poses, slogans, signatures, or other insignia for which they well known. Usain Bolt’s “Lightening Bolt” pose and his “to di world” slogan are registered trademarks. 177

Even without a registered trademark, however, celebrity athletes have “image (or personality) rights” to prevent unauthorized use of their name, likeness or other personal attributes. Intellectual property (IP) rights also enable sports personalities, as well as teams, sports organizations and sports good manufacturers, to protect themselves against abusive and unauthorized use of their name for website addresses. WIPO, among others, operates a quick dispute resolution procedure for website domain names based on internationally-accepted rules. By protecting their brand or trademark, organizers of sports events can ensure that the value and integrity of the event are maintained; maximize commercial revenue from sponsorship, merchandising and licensing agreements to offset the cost of organizing the event; inspire confidence among consumers that the product or image associated with the sporting event is authentic, and that any advertising or promotion that makes reference to the event or to associated images is legitimate. (http://www.wipo.int/ip-sport/en/broadcasting.html)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 6. Complete the expressions below using the prepositions in the box. Use them in sentences of your own. Give Russian equivalents. from (2); among; for; in; against earn royalties … selling exclusive footage; protect … the piracy of broadcast signal; provide various options … tackling signal piracy; build confidence … a product; generate earnings … leveraging a brand; inspire confidence … consumers;

READING 3 Exercise 7. Read through the article concerning the pivotal role of the intellectual property system in safeguarding the unique character of the Olympic Games and their identifications.Match each of the headings (a — f) with the paragraph (1–6) to which it best corresponds. a) Intellectual Property In An Olympic Logo b) The Registration Process c) The Importance (And Challenges) Of The Clearing Process 178

d) Tokyo 2020’s Abandoned “T” And The Search For A New Logo e) What Of The 3 “Losing” Logos That Made The Final? f) Tokyo 2020’s Process For Selecting A New Logo Tokyo 2020, the organising committee for the 2020 Olympic and Paralympic Games, is generally seen as a star amongst major event organising committees around the world. It’s seen to be well organised and well supported. Its sponsorship sales have been astronomical, and until very recently it hasn’t been clouded by the corruption scandals facing other high profile sports bodies at the moment. However it does have one blot on its copybook: the saga with its logos. 1.____________________________ Before going into the facts of this particular scenario, it is worth considering the intellectual property rights that are available to protect logos. Logos are often made up of different elements. For example an Olympic Games logo consists of the Olympic Symbol (the five interlocking rings); the name of the particular Games (here, TOKYO 2020) which may be written in a particular font; and the design element. Different elements of the logo may attract different forms of protection: copyright, registered trade marks, registered design rights. So, what intellectual property is used to protect an Olympic Games logo…? Copyright will protect the design element and possibly the font. (Note that copyright in the Olympic Symbol has now expired, but is protected in many countries as a special emblem under the Nairobi Treaty). The name of the Games (ie CITY + YEAR) is unlikely to benefit from copyright protection as insufficient creative endeavour will have gone into its creation. However, it is likely to be capable of trade mark registration in many countries. In the UK, the London 2012 Games benefited from the first CITY +YEAR trade mark in the UK. The logo in its full form, and its constituent parts are normally registered as trade marks. Variations of the logo may also be registered as trade marks — for example the London 2012 logo came in 4 key colours and a variety of distinctive ‘infill’ versions (such as a Union Flag), each of which was registered. Finally, design rights may also be utilised, particularly for the design element of the logo. 2. _____________________________________ In September last year, Tokyo 2020 had to abandon its original choice of logo for the 2020 Olympic Games. Tokyo 2020 had originally chosen for the design element of its logo a modern, stylised “T”, which was designed by Kenjiro Sano. However, the logo was strikingly similar to an earlier logo created by Olivier Debie for a Belgian theatre company. Debie alleged that Seno must have copied his work and initiated a copyright infringement claim in the Belgium courts. Tokyo 2020 vigorously defended the claim. Copyright relies on the infringer actually copying the work and, despite the similarities, Seno was adamant that he had never seen the Belgian theatres’ logo. However, such was the public’s 179

negative reaction to the apparent scandal, Tokyo 2020 decided to abandon the logo and start again. To find its new logo, Tokyo 2020 enlisted the help of the Japanese nation by holding a competition. The winner, announced on 25 April 2016, was a design by Japanese designer Asao Tokoro. 3.__________________________________________ The key learning point from Tokyo 2020’s experience is that it should always be a brand owner’s first step to check that its proposed new branding is free to register and use without fear of action by a third party who has rights in a conflicting mark or design. The best way to do this to instruct experts to conduct trade mark and design clearance searches. Additionally, in countries where copyright is registered, copyright registers may be searched. The purpose of the searches is to see if an earlier mark exists that could prevent the use and/or registration of the proposed trade mark. Although searches are more of an art than a science and cannot provide an absolute guarantee, they serve to minimise the risk of the owner of the proposed trade mark being sued for infringement and/or its trade mark application being opposed. If the search identifies prior conflicting marks, steps can then be taken to either negotiate with the owner or amend/abandon the chosen mark. To give maximum comfort, searches need to be conducted in each country of interest and in relation to the goods and services which are identical or similar to those for which the proposed mark will be used. A search of a trade mark register should reveal whether an identical and/or similar trade mark exists. This is relatively easy for ‘word’ marks, but figurative marks rely on marks having been properly categorised using the Vienna Classification system. While if a trade mark represents something obvious, such as an apple, the Vienna Classification system should ensure a search will reveal conflicting marks, it’s much harder to search for abstract designs. If a search reveals an identical trade mark, this is self-explanatory. But assessing whether a similar trade mark is in fact problematic takes more skill. An analysis of the visual, conceptual and aural characteristics of the earlier mark against the proposed mark must be undertaken. In addition the similarity of the goods and services in respect of which the two marks are/will be registered needs to be assessed. If the goods/services are identical and/or similar, it is possible that a likelihood of confusion will exist between the two marks and the owner of the earlier mark could take action against the use and registration of the proposed mark. If the earlier mark has a reputation, such action may be possible even if the proposed mark is to be registered in respect of a completely dissimilar class of goods or services. It is possible to search for identical or similar registered designs on design registers but, because of the way in which designs are recorded on the registers (at least in the UK and at EU level) voluminous results are produced which are time consuming and therefore costly to undertake. 180

As registered designs are intended principally to protect physical products (eg the design/shape of a bottle) rather than logos, the Locarno Classification system which is utilised for registered designs internationally reflects this. So, for example, if a logo is registered as a design, the particular elements of the design i.e. stars or animals, or its overall shape cannot easily be searched. However, there is a dim torch at the end of the tunnel as logos, registered as designs, should have been identified within Locarno Class (32) which covers graphic symbols and logos. It would make sense to start a search with this Class and work through the remaining Classes if no conflicting earlier rights are found. Inevitably, the results will however bring up a myriad of unrelated designs to be reviewed and analysed. This is why this type of search is costly and time consuming. If on a search of registered designs a similar design is revealed, the test for similarity must be considered (which is different to the test applied to the similarity of a trade mark). The analysis to be made is whether the same “overall impression” exists between the two designs — i.e. do the designs look the same? Or, conversely, if the designs do not produce a different overall impression, they are likely to be considered similar to each other. Searching for copyright works is even more of a challenge as most Intellectual Property Offices around the world do not provide a copyright register for copyright owners to record their rights. Although infringement of copyright requires copying, if your new logo just happens to be very similar to something which pre-exists it, and this only becomes apparent at a later date, you may still find (as Tokyo 2020 did), that claims of infringement will be asserted. Even if you have a defence, the time, money and negative PR could be fatal, as Tokyo 2020 discovered. Searching for unregistered rights is a minefield. It’s not an ideal situation but deploying what searches can be done will go some way to clear the way for a new trade mark, design or logo. The Internet is the most common method of undertaking such ‘common law’ searches, but trade directories, company registers, domain name registers and other local registers may also be useful for word marks in relation to which unregistered, common law rights exist. Software has also been developed to searches for logos and designs (this is available for free on some websites) however they cannot be relied on as an absolute safeguard. 4.___________________________________ Tokyo 2020 strategy for selection of their new logo, which took over six months, illustrates the seriousness with which this the matter was taken: They selected four pairs of cleared logos for the public to choose from which, in addition to allowing national participation in the project, also ensured that they would have alternative options should a confliction arise. It provided guidelines to entrants of the competition that explained what intellectual property rights were, and set out the terms that the entrant had to accept in order for application to be considered. This included, crucially, 181

confirmation that the design submitted was the entrant’s original work; and an agreement to transfer the winning entry over to Tokyo 2020. They undertook a clearing process on all 4 pairs of logos to ensure that the winner (whichever it was) could be immediately used and adopted for the Games. They conducted domestic and international trade mark verification procedures. As above, which we expect means, as a minimum, that they undertook a search of the trade mark and registered design registers worldwide, and some basic common law searches for unregistered rights. However, there are drawbacks to such a strategy, most notably: There were eight logos to clear, quadrupling the clearance costs which we estimate would have amounted to hundreds of thousands of pounds. There are also now four times as many logos in the public domain associated with the Games, which could be open to unauthorised exploitation. 5.________________________________________ The costs involved in registering the winning logos are also are very high. Given the wide-ranging use of an Olympic emblem and the truly global nature of its exploitation, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) undertakes, for each Games, one of the most comprehensive trade mark registration programmes. This is an expensive practice, and although registrations are in the name of the IOC the bill is normally footed by the organising committee. In many countries where the marks will be heavily exploited the IOC registers the marks in 45 classes. The filing fees alone are likely to be well in excess of £1,000,000, and this excludes search costs and agents’ fees. Now that the winning logos have been chosen, the IOC will no doubt now be busy submitting applications for trade mark and registered design protection globally and there will be a hefty hit to Tokyo 2020’s balance sheet! 6.________________________________________ It will be interesting to see whether any trade mark registrations are also obtained for the losing logos. Trade mark registration would give potentially stronger, longer protection than copyright protection. Trade mark protection acts as a monopoly and can in theory be renewed infinitely; whereas copyright only prevents copying and has a finite life, expiring, in the UK, 70 years after the death of the author. However, could Tokyo 2020 legitimately sign a declaration that the losing logos are intended to be used? The most likely unauthorised use of the losing logos is as exact replicas, for example by businesses simply excited about the Games or on counterfeit goods. They might be used by people thinking that they won’t get in trouble (or as much trouble) because they aren’t the ‘real’ logos. As such, existing protection for the Olympic symbol, trade mark registrations for the “TOKYO 2020” word mark, and copyright in the design 182

elements are likely to be sufficient to prevent this type of activity. Deciding not to register the losing designs will also save significant costs. Authored by: Alex Kelham, Jackie Bolton (LawInSport.com)

Exercise 8. Contextualize the following phrases. Seen as a star; clouded by the corruption scandals; have one blot on its copybook; the saga with logos; going into the facts of the scenario; to benefit from copyright protection; distinctive ‘infill’ versions; a modern, stylised “T”; the key learning point from Tokyo 2020’s experience; searches need to be conducted in each country of interest; conflicting marks; the earlier mark has a reputation; a dim torch at the end of the tunnel; a myriad of unrelated designs to be reviewed; searching for unregistered rights is a minefield; relied on as an absolute safeguard; the bill is footed by the organising committee; be busy submitting applications;

Exercise 9. Translate from English into Russian focusing on the underlined constructions. 1. Before going into the facts of this particular scenario, it is worth considering the intellectual property rights that are available to protect logos. 2. The name of the Games is unlikely to benefit from copyright protection as insufficient creative endeavour will have gone into its creation. 3. Although searches are more of an art than a science and cannot provide an absolute guarantee, they serve to minimise the risk of the owner of the proposed trade mark being sued for infringement and/or its trade mark application being opposed. 4. If the search identifies prior conflicting marks, steps can then be taken to either negotiate with the owner or amend/abandon the chosen mark. 5. A search of a trade mark register should reveal whether an identical and/or similar trade mark exists. 6. While if a trade mark representssomething obvious, such as an apple, the Vienna Classification system should ensure a search will reveal conflicting marks, it’s much harder to search for abstract designs. As registered designs are intended principally to protect physical products rather than logos, the Locarno Classification system which is utilised for registered designs internationally reflects this. The analysis to be made is whether the same “overall impression” exists between the two designs — i.e. do the designs look the same? It provided guidelines to entrants of the competition that explained what intellectual property rights were, and set out the terms that the entrant had to accept in order for application to be considered. 183

Given the wide-ranging use of an Olympic emblem and the truly global nature of its exploitation, the International Olympic Committee undertakes, for each Games, one of the most comprehensive trade mark registration programmes. The filing fees alone are likely to be well in excess of £1,000,000, and this excludes search costs and agents’ fees. Trade mark protection acts as a monopoly and can in theory be renewed infinitely; whereas copyright only prevents copying and has a finite life, expiring, in the UK, 70 years after the death of the author.

Exercise 10. Answer the questions. 1. What form of protection is the logo in its full form granted? 2. Why did Tokyo have to abandon its original choice of the logo? 3. What is the purpose of the design clearance searches? 4. Why did Tokyo choose four pairs of cleared logos? 5. What are the drawbacks to such a strategy? 6. Is the existing protection for the Olympic symbol, trade mark registrations for the “TOKYO 2020” word mark, and copyright in the design elements, sufficient to prevent unathorised use?

Exercise 11. Discuss the article in pairs making use of the following phrases. The article gives a vivid description of…; the article gives a good insight into…; the author has conclusively shown that…; what strikes me is…; it must be emphasized that…; though the facts show that…; it goes without saying …, needless to say …, it explains why …, I’d like to draw your attention to ….

Exercise 12. Summarize the article in writing.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 13. Give Russian equivalents. Sports personality; innovation and creativity; sporting field; to better performance; encourage technological advances; contribute to the distinct identity of events; broadcast sports events; to support development of the sports industry; the biggest source of revenue; finance major sporting events; refurbish stadiums, development of sport at grassroots level; royalties; exclusive footage; broadcasters’ rights; competitive sport; sponsors and sports authorities; to show live coverage of sports events; business value, valuable assets; sports business transactions; domestic law and practice; prominent display of trademarks at prestigious sporting events; financial 184

health of many sports organizations; to prevent unauthorized use of the name; make legitimate; interlocking rings; font; insufficient creative endeavor; be strikingly similar to; initiate a copyright infringement claim; to minimisethe risk; sue for infringement.

Exercise 14. Translate from Russian into English using the active vocabulary. 1. Патент РФ № 48410 на промышленный образец «Эмблема» (патентообладатель: региональная общественная организация — футбольный клуб «Спартак-Москва»; приоритет от 30 ноября 1998 г.) Извлечения из сведений о промышленном образце. Характеризуется: — композиционным построением в виде горизонтально ориентированного ромба, вытянутого по большей диагонали; — оформлением ромба по периметру рамкой из двух узких цветных полос: красной и белой; — выполнением фона, состоящего из трех одинаковых частей, имеющих форму параллелограммов, ориентированных параллельно боковым сторонам ромба слева направо вверх; — выполнением средней части фона белого цвета, боковых частей — красного; — наличием в центре ромба буквы «С» белого цвета; — выполнением буквы «С» рисованным шрифтом с расширенными средними частями и контурной обводкой. 2. Решение Палаты по патентным спорам от 8 мая 2007 г. по заявке № 97704811/50. ЗАО Футбольный клуб «Торпедо-Москва» 22 апреля 2005 г. обратилось с заявлением о признании изобразительного товарного знака по свидетельству № 156939 общеизвестным в отношении услуг 41 класса (организация спортивных мероприятий; организация спортивных состязаний). Футбольным клубом были приведены весомые доводы, подтверждающие общеизвестность товарного знака. В частности, такие: — футбольная команда «Торпедо» была организована и получила свое название в 1936 г. на автозаводе имени Сталина (ЗИС). Тогда же и была создана эмблема клуба, преобразованная в дальнейшем в товарный знак; — товарный знак используется командой «Торпедо» в отношении услуг 41 класса «Организация спортивных мероприятий, организация спортивных состязаний» с 1936 г.; — товарный знак по свидетельству № 156939 неразрывно связан с командой «Торпедо», являясь его символикой. Все выступления 185

команды проходят в форме с клубной символикой, в том числе с указанным товарным знаком. Матчи транслируются всеми каналами телевидения; — письмо Российского футбольного союза за подписью президента В. Л. Мутко. Однако, ранее не увидев этот знак в списке общеизвестных товарных знаков, в признании его общеизвестным было отказано. Дело в том, что заявителем испрашивалось признание указанного товарного знака на дату 1 июня 2001 г. Однако на указанную дату правообладателем товарного знака являлось АООТ «Лужники» (г. Москва). Заявитель же стал правообладателем данного товарного знака в 2004 г. на основании зарегистрированного Роспатентом договора об уступке, т. е. после испрашиваемой даты. Поскольку доказательств, подтверждающих правопреемство ЗАО Футбольный клуб «Торпедо-Москва» и АООТ «Лужники» не было предоставлено, знак общеизвестным признан не был. 3. Услышав однажды от одного спортсмена, что он обладает авторскими правами на свой, прямо говоря, безукоризненный и мастерский смеш (удар в теннисе), я задумался. А могут ли спортсмены обладать авторскими правами на собственные находки, в которых они асы? Обыденная логика подсказывает нам — это невозможно. Потому, что тогда все бы только и делали, что обращались в суд. Но тем не менее, анализируя в этом аспекте уже много раз указываемые принципы определения объектов авторского права — новизну, оригинальность и творческий характер, можно прийти к выводу о том, что в ряде исключительных случаев спортсмен может доказать авторство своих новшеств. Не будем вдаваться в размышления и толкования закона и права, просто приведем их пример в виде двух запатентованных изобретений. Патент РФ № 2297263 на изобретение «Способ выполнения футболистом штрафного удара» (патентообладатель: Сидоров М. Н.; приоритет от 3 октября 1995 г.) Формула изобретения Способ выполнения футболистом штрафного удара, заключающийся в том, что для придания мячу вращения вперед удар производят в нижнюю половину мяча носовой частью края подошвы туфли футболиста с резким движением голеностопа бьющей ноги резко вверх с сохранением корпуса в прямом положении, отличающийся тем, что удар ногой производят в верхнюю часть нижней половины мяча, ограниченную углом 45 ниже горизонтальной оси мяча. (Дашян М. С. Интеллектуальная собственность в бизнесе) 186

LISTENING Exercise 15. You are going to hear the experts discussing the strategic use of intellectual property in the sport industry at WIPO’s high-level Conference on Intellectual Property for an Emerging Africa held in Dakar, Senegal, from November 3–5, 2015. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b6MJz31aFik Listen and answer the question: How does intellectual property support sport?

PROJECT WORK Exercise 16. Choose a topic and prepare a presentation. 1. Intellectual Property Rights Debate in Sports. 2. Legal regulation and protection of intellectual property in the sport industry in the Russain Federation.

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 17. Translate the case (casus) and the questions into English. In your own words, summarise the legal issue raised in the case. Answer the questions. Discuss the possible outcome of the case referring to the laws of the Russian Federation. В помещении бара «Пенальти» в течение вечера на нескольких плазменных панелях осуществлялся показ финального матча чемпионата мира по футболу, который транслировался одним из телеканалов в прямом эфире. Данный показ был зафиксирован на видеокамеру представителями местного филиала организации по управлению правами на коллективной основе. Сотрудники филиала приобщили видеозапись к исковому заявлению о взыскании компенсации за незаконную трансляцию матча. В суде директор бара заявил, что истец не вправе подавать иск в защиту чужих интересов, поскольку в данном случае таким правом обладают только телепередающие компании, которые получили аккредитацию на съемку финального матча. 1. Прав ли директор? Кому принадлежат исключительные права на сообщение радио-или телепередач? 2. Требуется ли специальное разрешение на публичный показ финального матча в местах массового скопления людей? (А. А. Бирюков. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум)

Unit 13 ROLE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN ENHANCING THE COMPETITIVENESS OF THE TOURISM INDUSTRY READING Exercise 1. Read the first part of the article and say whether the following statements are true or false. If they are false correct them, if they are true prove it. 1. Today even sound, shape or smell could amount to a trademark provided they function as trademarks in the marketplace. 2. The so-called “famous” marks have more extensive rights. 3. Registered marks do not have rights in perpetuity, from time to time an owner has to renew registration and pay registration fees. 4. Certification marks are owned by an association whose members use them to identify themselves with a level of quality or other requirements set by the association. 5. Trademarks and brands are deemed to be the same concepts. 6. The design may consist of three-dimensional features, such as the shape or surface of an article, or of two-dimensional features, such as patterns, lines or colour. Intellectual Property The tools of the intellectual property system are amply applicable to the tourism sector. Broadly speaking, developing and exploiting brands is particularly appropriate to the service sector and thus to the tourism sector. Core to developing and exploiting a brand are trademarks, geographical indications (certification marks, collective marks or a sui generis system) or industrial designs as well as other intellectual property rights such as patents, copyrights and trade secrets which contribute to the whole brand image. Trademarks are any sign capable of distinguishing the goods or services of one enterprise from that of another. That is whether the sign is composed of letters, numerals or figurative elements if it is capable of distinguishing the product or service it could amount to a trademark. Today even sound, shape 188

or smell could amount to a trademark provided they function as trademarks in the marketplace. Depending on the national law of a country, a trademark could be a registered mark or be an unregistered mark, the latter amounting to a trademark through use in the market place.Those marks deemed to be “famous” have more extensive rights. Registered or unregistered marks have rights in perpetuity, as long as renewal fees are paid in the case of the former and as long as no one successfully opposes the use of that mark in the case of the latter. In industry and on the street one is more likely to hear the term “brand” as opposed to “mark”. It is important to clarify that while these terms may overlap they are not one and the same. Branding is a marketing term which embodies many different concepts with intellectual property rights, principally trademarks, contributing towards its development. A brand, is therefore a larger and more amorphous concept, being essentially a communication tool whereas a trademark and other intellectual property rights, which may contribute to it, are based in law and have clear legal definitions. There are other categories of trademarks which are very relevant to the matter at hand. Collective marks are owned by an association whose members use them to identify themselves with a level of quality or other requirements set by the association. Examples of such associations would be those representing accountants, engineers, or architects. Certification marks are given for compliance with defined standards, but are not confined to any membership. They may be granted to anyone whose goods or services meet certain established standards. A geographical indication (GI) is a sign used on goods that have a specific geographical origin and possess qualities, reputation or characteristics that are essentially attributable to that origin. An appellation of origin (AO) is a special kind of GI. An industrial design is the ornamental or aesthetic aspect of an article. The design may consist of three-dimensional features, such as the shape or surface of an article, or of two-dimensional features, such as patterns, lines or colour. Industrial designs are applied to a wide variety of products of industry and handicraft: from technical and medical instruments to watches, jewelry, and other luxury items; from household items and electrical appliances to vehicles and architectural structures; from textile designs to leisure goods. Broadly speaking, any confidential business information which provides an enterprise a competitive edge can qualify as a trade secret. A trade secret may relate to technical matters, such as the composition or design of a product, a method of manufacture or the know-how necessary to perform a particular operation. Copyright is the body of laws which grants authors, artists and other creators protection for their literary and artistic creations, which are generally referred to as “works”. A closely associated field of rights related to copyright is “related rights”, which provides rights similar or identical to those of 189

copyright, although sometimes more limited and of shorter duration. The beneficiaries of related rights are performers (such as actors and musicians) in their performances; producers of sound recordings (for example, cassette recordings and compact discs) in their recordings; and broadcasting organizations in their radio and television programs.

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 2. Contextualize the following words and phrases. “Destination branding”; catchy tag line; “umbrella brand”; stringent guidelines; to benefit from the reputation of the trademark; to have complied with the standards of fair trade; a competitive edge; collective marks; agritourism; a leading geographical indication; design rights.

SPEAKING Exercise 3. Discuss the following concepts in pairs and explain them in your own words: • • • • • • • •

trademark; brand; collective marks; certification marks; industrial design; copyright related rights; trade secret

Exercise 4. Read the second part of the article and make up six questions of your own. Work in pairs and ask the questions to each other. Branding St. Moritz — Top of the World Recent efforts to brand places also known as “destination branding” has at its core a trademark, whether by virtue of a registered logo or tagline. As indicated earlier branding is more than the registered logo or tagline but it is its bedrock. Also, creating a fancy logo or catchy tag line is not enough for trademark purposes. They should ideally be registered in the relevant national or regional register for trademarks and, depending on a variety of factors, should also be registered internationally. Many cities, regions and countries are realizing the importance of differentiating themselves from 190

the rest, creating a niche market and an individual appeal that will translate into more tourist arrivals. The Swiss mountain resort St Moritz was one the first to register the name “St Moritz” and the tag line “Top of the World”. A trademark such as “St. Moritz” is confined to a small mountain village in Switzerland but whether it relates to a small town or a large province or region it is trying to capture the essence of that particular place. Such destination brands are often trying to accomplish the task of communicating a single message that would embrace a variety of very different products and as such performs the function of an “umbrella brand”. That is to say, a particular place may have, for example, elements of cultural, nature and religious tourism and a single destination brand will try to bring all of those experiences under one logo or slogan. Trying to capture in a single message a variety of different experiences building up to a composite whole is the essence of having an umbrella brand. Many of these authorities that own such a destination brand allow tourism operatives in the area to apply the brand in addition to or in place of a brand of their own. For doing so, stringent guidelines have been put in place on how the trademark should be used, how it should be depicted, the font, the colour, etc. Such a brand, therefore, unifies the tourism sector in a particular region under one banner, allowing third parties to benefit from the reputation of the trademark. By definition, therefore, a variety of different brands will find refuge under the umbrella brand and while they will also have their own distinct personality, they will, at the same time, communicate the single message of that destination. Thus, there could be trademarks, certificate marks, collective marks or sui generis geographical indications under the umbrella brand, all of which individually and collectively contribute to and strengthen the umbrella brand. If a particular entity has in its view complied with its stated criteria on fair trade, such as fair wages and working conditions, fair operations and purchasing, fair distribution of benefits,· ethical business practice and respect for human rights, culture and environment, the entity is certified and has the right to apply the trademark. Given the increasing importance of the concept of fair trade, particularly in the markets of the developed economies a certification that the particular entity is deemed to have complied with the standards of fair trade would give it a competitive edge, once again a way of adding value and differentiating. Collective markshave also been successfully exploited in the tourist industry. “Logis de France” is a registered trademark of the FédérationNationale des Logis de France, which is an association of independent hoteliers bound together with the objective of promoting privately owned hotels in a rural setting grouped under the same label. By attaching a label and by enforcing strict compliance of the criteria that the hotels need to adhere to they have not only prevented the abandonment of the rural areas but have created a new product with added value. Today there are over 3000 hotels that are members of this association and they have expanded into several outside France. The 191

hotels are also classified by category as well as by themes. If not for the now widely recognized and respected trademark these individual establishments would not be able to effectively compete in the highly competitive service market. These individual hotels would not be known and thus not sought after. Belonging to the association ensures recognition and appeal. Geographical indications have become an engine of growth of agritourism by strengthening tourism in rural areas where the focus is agriculture. They may reside within an umbrella brand applicable to a whole region or they may be an independent and stand alone brand which is the destination brand. Earliest and best examples of such tourism are built around the wine industry. Wine produced by a collection of small production entities have been able to market themselves more effectively by selling under a single mark referred to as a geographical indication pertaining to the geographical region in which they are situated and the wine is grown. Such a mark may be a collective mark used by a cooperative of producers, a certification mark where using of the mark denotes that the product emanated from a certain geographical region and adhered to certain quality or other standards or it may be a sui generis right, which allows the producer to apply the mark if it adheres to pre-defined criteria which would usually include that the wine was produced in that area, using particular methods and applying certain specific know-how. Agri-tourism around such products is now a fast growing segment of the tourism industry. This would include experiencing the product by sampling it in the local restaurants and wine yards, visiting the production facilities, participating in festivals and staying in local wineries. The bedrock of this whole experience is the product protected by a geographical indication. A leading geographical indication (known as an appellation of origin) in the field of wine is Bordeaux, a region of France. Around wine there are wine tours, stays in wineries, the possibility of sampling different kinds of Bordeaux wines, wine festivals, etc., creating a differentiated market catering to a niche market of wine loving tourists. Design rights though not as popular as the other rights discussed above in service sector may also have its uses to the tourist industry. These rights have increasingly moved beyond its traditional home of protecting the shape and form of industrial goods venturing into other areas traditionally the domain of trademarks as well as copyright. Its applicability to two dimensional products such as textiles opened the way for companies to discover its usefulness as a tool to protect logos. Therefore trademark protection is not the only tool available to companies in the tourism sector, industrial design rights may be a useful ally as well. A logo could also be protected under copyright law as it is often a work of artistic creation. Copyright would also offer protection to the promotional materials that most such businesses would rely on. Whether we speak of guide books, leaflets and a variety of other material that tourists rely on to 192

inform themselves of their destination are creative works that would warrant copyright protection. Further, many of these different rights and copyright in particular would become relevant in the context of websites which most companies today, and companies in the tourism sector are no exception, would be relying on.

Exercise 5. Read the second part of the article again and interpret it into Russian. Exercise 6. Read the third part of the article and translate it into Russian focusing on the underlined phrases. Beyond Exclusivity Intellectual property rights are more than an exclusive right to prevent a third party from exploiting the benefits of that right. It is an asset just like a tangible asset, and can be used and leveraged to create more value. As such, an owner of a trademark, collective mark, certification mark, design right, copyright, etc. may grant others the right to use the mark, design right or copyright, subject to certain conditions in exchange for a fee (or even free of charge). This practice known as licensing of intellectual property rights (franchising and merchandising are also kinds of intellectual property licensing) has been at the core of a substantial and growing practice, which is equally applicable to the tourism sector. Franchisingis when an owner of a business gives another the right to run the same business model applying the trademark and other relevant intellectual properties that are integral to that business. Usually, businesses that are franchised have a business model that lends itself to being replicatedand has built a strong name recognition allowing the franchisees to have a head start while going into business for themselves. This is one of the fastest growing industries and is of great relevance to the tourismindustry. Hotels, restaurants, and other services such as transport, cleaning, management are often franchised businesses. A leading name in the hotel industry; Hilton is a franchised business. In other words, the Hilton in a particular location is owned by an independent entity who is entitled to use the trademark Hilton and all other relevant intellectual properties as well as the whole business model of running that hotel. Merchandising which is also a specialized form of intellectual property licensing, is when an owner of an intellectual property right, generally a trademark, industrial design or copyright, gives another the right to apply that mark, industrial design or copyright, usually on ordinary consumer goods to enhance the appeal of those goods. This provides an avenue to the owner of the right to obtain additional revenue from his right and gives the licensee the possibility of enhancing the value and thus the likelihood of 193

sale and of higher price of his goods to gain more revenue and profits. Most souvenirs that are available for purchase by tourists, whether it is models of the Eiffel tower, or T shirts with a particular slogan that is a registered trademark or mugs bearing Maori designs have (or should have) obtained the right to apply the image or slogan and pays a royalty for that right. Here we see how the appeal of a particular “core product” translates into economic gains to various players in the tourism industry through the creative use of the tools of the intellectual property system to build new business models in partnership with other producers. The core product in the tourism sector, that which is the object of the visit, whether it is nature, therapeutic, religious, ecology, food or wine or whatever other attraction it may be are as demonstrated above well suited for branding through the use of trademarks, designs, copyright and GI. However, while the “core product’ may be the focus and object of the visit the total experience depends on a whole host of other services that nurture and/or package the “core product” and are in turn nurtured or packaged by the core product. They are, therefore, interdependent and as such integral to the success of the tourism industry. Similarly, booking and reservations systems may be protected by trade secrets, copyright or patents or a combination of these rights, depending on the national law of the country. The information contained in such systems as well all other information that is relevant to the competitiveness of that particular business may be protected by trade secrets. Above all, all such businesses have their own trademarks to protect their reputation and goodwill. Concluding Remarks Therefore, as has been demonstrated, the intellectual property system provides very powerful tools for strengthening the competitiveness of those operating within the tourism industry. The rules of the game today are no longer what they used to be. Competition is very intense and the knowledge economy rewards those who understand the importance of intangiblesand their role in differentiating and adding value to products. The intellectual property system provides the structure and the tools for protecting, managing, exploiting and enforcing the rights arising from such intangibles. (Role of Intellectual Property in Enhancing the Competitiveness of the Tourism Industry, Tamara Nanayakkara)

VOCABULARY IN USE Exercise 7. Give Russian equivalents. To be amply applicable; broadly speaking; to be core to; to have rights in perpetuity; geographical indication; attributable to that origin;appellation of origin; the matter at hand; a competitive edge; bedrock; catchy tag line; 194

“destination branding”; to accomplish the task; to communicate a single message; “umbrella brand”; stringent guidelines; a rural setting; to emanate from; to adhere to certain quality; to be packed and nurtured; the importance of intangibles.

READING 2 Exercise 8. Read and interpret the text focusing on the underlined phrases. Summarize it. Russia: IP rules and regulations updated At the end of 2014, part four of the Civil Code of the Russian Federation, which deals with intellectual property, was significantly updated. Since many of the amendments were conceptual in nature, there was a need for a substantial reworking of the regulations at the level of the supervisory authority, the Russian Federal Service for Intellectual Property (Rospatent). Rospatent prepared an extensive package of documents. Among these were administrative regulations describing in detail the internal administrative procedures, the actions that Rospatent carries out, the deadlines for them to be implemented, and the decisions taken and documents executed in the context of such procedures. Alongside the administrative regulations a series of rules has been developed. These determine the regime under which Rospatent will deal with applicants or right owners and other interested parties. They also set out the contents needed for documents if various legally significant actions are to be performed. The rules also stipulate the amount of information required for patents and certificates and state registers of protected IP items. The documents of the greatest interest are those related to trademarks, collective trademarks, and well-known trademarks, as well as those governing relationships when disputes concerning IP protection are examined under an administrative procedure. This interest is due to trademarks currently being actively used to individualize the goods and services of right owners, and also in the context of such goods and services being licensed. The new legal regulations relating to trademarks have set deadlines for administrative procedures to be completed. Following on from the rules of the Russian civil code, they regulate in detail the procedure and conditions for any persons to familiarize themselves with any materials from trademark applications and for applications to be published. The new regulations have established requirements for consent letters, stating in particular that these should be subject to no time limit and be irrevocable. Further to the code, they have also added requirements for the protection of applied-for marks. The growing interest in IP has also resulted in an increased number of disputes aimed at protecting the rights of applicants and right owners. This means there is a need to be more thorough in regulating the relationships that 195

arise when such disputes are examined under an administrative procedure. The practice of Russia’s Court for Intellectual Rights in applying IP legislation has a substantial effect on the updated process and the contents of the new rules. Among the new documents are rules governing the procedure and conditions for extending the effect of (1) patents, (2) certificates and (3) IP rights; and regulations covering applications for patents for inventions, as well as the registration of computer programs and databases. There are also new rules for the termination of legal protection of various IP items on a range of grounds including: 1) Patents and certificates can be terminated early, as can their legal protection, based on a petition from a right owner; and 2) Trademarks, including well-known marks, and certificates of an appellation of origin can be terminated early because a right owner that is a legal entity is dissolved or a right owner that is an individual entrepreneur ceases to carry on business activity. Because the СivilСode had been amended to change the procedure and conditions for registering a disposal of an exclusive right, the corresponding amendments were needed to the guidelines covering Rospatent. Changes were also needed to the authority’s legal regulations governing the registration of contracts and requirements for documents to be supplied. Certain amendments made to the federal law on protecting competition also directly affect Rospatent’s activity in terms of determining forms of unfair competition. As it is well known, actions that involve acquiring trademark rights in bad faith may be regarded as unfair competition and serve as a ground for invalidating its legal protection. (After Valentina Orlova. Pepeliaev Group)

DISCUSSION POINT Exercise 9. Discuss the case with a partner and answer the questions: 1. 2. 3. 4.

What are the facts of the case? What is the legal issue? What was the decision of the Court? What is your opinion on the outcome of the case?

On 9 March 2016, The Hague District Court referred the Dutch case on the validity of Louboutin’s red sole trade mark to the Court of Justice of the European Union (‘CJEU’). The legal proceedings in The Netherlands were initiated by Louboutin in 2013 claiming that Van Haren (represented by Taylor Wessing The Netherlands) infringed the Benelux trade mark rights of Louboutin by selling ladies shoes with high heels having red soles. 196

On 1 April 2015, the The Hague District Court rendered an interlocutorydecision in the matter, inter alia concluding that the trade mark has characteristics of both a colour mark and a 3D mark because the colour red is depicted (positioned) on the sole of a high heel shoe. It also concluded that the trade mark has acquired distinctiveness through Louboutin’s use and that if the trade mark is valid, Van Haren has infringed the trade mark rights of Louboutin. However, the court also ruled that the coloured sole gives substantial value to the shoes. Van Haren had argued that, for that reason the trade mark is invalid pursuant to Article 2.1(2) of the Benelux Convention on Intellectual Property. According to the court it is however unclear whether the definition of ‘shape’ is limited to 3D characteristics of (parts of) the goods (like contours) or if it also applies to other non-3D characteristics such as colour as Van Haren had argued. After both parties had the opportunity to inform the court of their position on a proposed preliminary question being referred to the CJEU, the court decided on 9 March 2016 to ask the following (freely translated) question to the CJEU: “Is the definition of ‘vorm’ in Article 3(1) (iii) of the Trade Mark Directive 2008/95/EC (in the German, English and French versions of the Directive called ‘Form’, ‘shape’ and ‘forme’) limited to the three dimensional characteristics of the goods such as contours, measurements and the volume thereof, or does it also applies to other (non-three dimensional) characteristics of the goods such as colour?” It will be interesting to see whether the CJEU will decide if the shape mark exceptions also apply to characteristic of a shape such as colours, including whether or not these exceptions, now broadened in the new Directive (Article 4 of the Trade Mark Directive (2015/2436/EC) explicitly mentions ‘the shape, or another characteristic’), also apply to the old Directive. In other words; can a characteristic of the shape of a trade mark give substantial value to the goods and by doing so prevent such characteristics being protected under trade mark law? If this were not the case, according to the District Court, it would result in the possibility for trade mark owners to prevent competitors using characteristics such as colours which are sought and appreciated by the public, and this appears to be in conflict with the rationale of the shape exceptions.

ANSWER KEY Unit 1 Exercise 3. harmonise jurisdiction and enforcement of judgments; recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments; validity of registered rights; infringement proceedings; by way of defence

Exercise 6. in; from; in; for; on; up; with; from; to

Exercise 7. intangible, impermissible, inadequate, unregistered, unauthorized, illegal

Exercise 9. F; T; F; F

Exercise 11. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

© patent pending ™ ® T D P

Exercise 12. physical entity, paradigmatic example, derivative work, arise on the creation, design document, human intellectual endeavor, existence of rights, unwarranted interference, consent of the right holder, tangible rights, expire, stringent criteria, subject matter, consumer, bolster protection for goods, get-up of a product, rival, overlap, recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments 198

Exercise 14. 1 — b; 2 — c; 3 — a, 4 — d.

Unit 2 Exercise 3. 1. to a large extent; 2. on the part of; 3. draw upon; 4. diversity; 5. in the context of; 6. in view of; 7. in principle; 8. as well as

Exercise 4. T; F; T.

Exercise 7. governing law; self-funding agency; constituent instrument; key milestones; intergovernmental organization; specialized agency; crossborder dispute settlement; emerge under the auspices;the abusive registration of Internet domain names; pending procedure; venue of the proceedings; unilateral recommendations; cost-efficient

Exercise 11. 1 — c; 2 — d; 3 — b; 4 — a; 5 — f; 6 — h; 7 — i; 8 — e; 9 — g

Unit 3 Exercise 2. F; T; F; T. mutual recognition and enforcement, rather than merely bilaterally, in force at creation, entitled to all copyrights, the copyright expires, being treated equivalently, implement large parts of it

Exercise 8. exclusive rights, jurisdiction, prima facie, work for hire, creative work, file sharing, derivative work

Exercise 10. a set of exclusive rights, symbol for copyright, industrial designs, creation of satirical works, grant copyright, creative output, mutual recognition and enforcement of foreigner’s copyrights, in force at creation, fix a work, explicitly 199

disclaim the rights, national treatment, regulations of the Convention, worldwide protection for right holders, protection of copyright subject matter, unauthorized exploitation, go to market with a product

Exercise 11. in, of; to, on; under; for, to; to; in; in, onto; for; at

Unit 4 Exercise 2. T; F; F; T

Exercise 3. 1 — f; 2 — c; 3 — b; 4 — e; 5 — d; 6 — a.

Exercise 5. 1 — adaptation of work; 2 — adaptation; 3 — adaptation; 4 — the issue to the public; 5 — issuing to the public; 6 — the right of first sale or of distribution; 7 — the publication right

Exercise 9. 1 — intelligible expression; 2 — machine readable; 3 — fair dealing; 4 — collecting societies; 5 — procedural hassle; 6 — attendant rights

Exercise 11. adaptation right; primary infringement; exhaustion (expiration) of rights; reproduction right; proof — of — creation; intelligible expression; resale right; copyright collective or collecting society; to exercise (exclusive, attendant) rights; to exploit copyright; fair use/fair dealing; reproduction right; to bypass; public communication right; to be inextricably merged; economic (property) rights; secondary infringement

Exercise 12. личное неимущественное право; неотчуждаемость, неотъемлемость; барьер, препятствие, преграда; право на публичное исполнение; право авторства; право первой продажи/право на распространение; добросовестное использование; смежные права; заявлять о праве; дихотомия идея/воплощение; право на обнародование, право на публичный показ; доктрина слияния/единства формы и содержания; непочтительное, 200

умаляющее достоинство обращение; аргументация истца по делу; исчерпывание прав; предусмотренная законом, обязательная лицензия

Unit 5 Exercise 2. T; F; F; T.

Exercise 4. 1 —g; 2 — e; 3 —b; 4 —f; 5 —c; 6 —d; 7 —h; 8 —a.

Exercise 6. within; under, with; upon; in, with, on; to; to; between, by

Exercise 8. 1 —d, 2 —b, 3 —c, 4 —a.

Exercise 9. T; F; F; T; T.

Exercise 10. legitimate software management; P2P network; fair-use environment; patentable subject matter

Exercise 11. install software, viability of digital commerce, victimize local culture and economy, go unrewarded, tax revenue, be deprived of investors, less diverse choice, оченьраспространенноеправонарушение, risk of detection, commercial value, enforcement of patent, patentable subject matter, recital, preliminary material, relevant provision

Exercise 12. темп перемен, патентоспособность программного обеспечения, оживленные дебаты, интерпретационное положение, технический эффект изобретения, иметь потребительское назначение, область применения, иметь право на защиту по авторскому праву, компьютерное изобретение, защищать базовую функциональность, приводить в соответствие, способ изображения 201

Unit 6 Exercise 1. a) b) c) d)

Worldwide Protection of Formats — 4 Norowzian v Arks — 2 UK Copyright Protection — 3 Spotlight on Piracy — 1

Exercise 3. 1 —f; 2 —;3 —b; 4 —d; 5 —c; 6 —g; 7 —a; 8 —h

Exercise 6. сделать центром внимания; в центре внимания; авторское право распространяется на отличные от других работы; производить впечатление; приравниваться к; судебный прецедент; якобы копирование; аркадные видео-игры; измеритель аплодисментов; идея «прыгающей камеры»; существенная часть; условия конкуренции

Exercise 7. to depict;to subsist in; to draw/make an analogy; to reaffirm; to claim for relief; to encompass; to find smb liable for copyright infringement; catchphrases

Unit 7 Exercise 1. 1 —D; 2 —B; 3 —E; 4 —C; 5 —F; 6 —A

Exercise 6. fanciful; arbitrary; suggestive; descriptive; generic; genericized

Exercise 9. 1. collective trademark — d); 2. certification trademark — c); 3. trademark dilution — b); 4. deceptive mark — e); 5. genericized trademark — f); 6. defensive mark — a)

Exercise 10. 1. with; 2. in relation to; with; while; 3. in relation to; through; in; through; with; 4. through; 5. upon; 6. from; through; 7. between 202

Exercise 11. detrimental; blurring; dilution; whittlу away; tarnishment; certification mark; collective mark; to renew the registration; to be eligible for registration; to deny/refuse registration; cease and desist letter; wrongful user; distinctive character of a mark; generic mark; defensive trademark; deceptive mark

Exercise 13. 1. maintained; 2. diminish; 3. removal; 4. non-use; 5. three or five; 6. failure; 7. abandonment; 8. public domain; 9. Ÿgeneric”; 10. Invalid; 11. Xerox; 12. genericide; 13. cease; 14. adjective; 15. modified; 16. protected; 17. Xerox; 18. genericism; 19. perceives

Unit 8 Exercise 1. a) — 2; b) — 3; c) — 1; d) — 5; e) — 4.

Exercise 4. to unravel the complexities; to give a lengthy judgment; reversal of fortune; burden of attribution; issuance of consent; minutes of meeting.

Exercise 5. parallel importation — grey market import; to demystify — to make clear; to hand; down a judgment — to bring down a judgment; to unequivocally demonstrate — to unambiguously demonstrate; helpfully — kindly; proprietor — owner, possessor; to apply a trade mark to — to affix; to adduce evidence — to produce proofs

Exercise 8. trademark; patent; design; intellectual; industrial; copyright; copyright; trademark; the public domain; maintain; revoked; enforce

Exercise 9. следить за соблюдением прав; возможность смешения; недвусмысленное подразумеваемое согласие; распутывать сложности; партия товара; неудача; запустить программное обеспечение; в ущерб импортеру; вынести длинное многословное решение; подделка; фальшивка; высказать практическое замечание по существу; обидный, возмутительный факт; делать вывод; предоставлять доказательства; 203

прояснять, делать понятным; вынести решение; процессуальный отвод; соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков; отказаться от права; посягательство на территорию друг друга; нарушить договор

Exercise 10. to maintain a patent; counterfeit; burden of attribution; to abandon a trademark; to police rights; to revoke; honest concurrent use; renounce the right; to contravene the trademark coexistence agreement; in good faith; ineluctably; to conclude co-existence agreement; implied consent; estoppel

Unit 9 Exercise 2. get-up; subject; appearance; elaborated; given; regard; unlikely; exclusive

Exercise 5. under; with; through; in; in; in; for

Exercise 12. industrial design; appearance of a product (get-up); handicraft items; aesthetic features; legal protection; essential characteristics; priority date; grace period

Exercise 14. F; F; F; T; T; F.

Unit 10 Exercise 2. patentable inventions; any area of technology; scientific breakthroughs; make improvements; cost-effective or efficient manner; incremental innovations; utility models

Exercise 4. provide; application; amount; enterprise; bargaining Why should I consider patenting my inventions? 204

Exercise 7. essential patent; exhaustion of rights; industrial applicability; nonobviousness; novelty; patent model; patent watch; unity of invention; utility

Exercise 8. выдавать патент; исключительное право; раскрывать информацию; патентуемое изобретение; согласие патентообладателя; химическоесоединение; обеспечивать соблюдение патентных прав; нарушение патента; выдавать лицензию на патент; закрывать потребности рынка; стимулировать; материальное вознаграждение за изобретение; ускорять темпы инновационной деятельности; находиться в открытом доступе; отбивать желание изобретать; получит патент; вкладывать в развитие и исследования; правовые положения; препятствовать использованию изобретения в коммерческих целях; рентабельность инвестиций; усиливать рыночную власть; повышать рыночную стоимость компании

Exercise 9. patentable inventions; legal issue; lucrative discovery; patent office official; be patentable on the grounds that; patentability; patentable subject matter; obtain patent protection; challenge a claim; unanimous decision; raise emotive issue; be eligible for patent protection; outcome of a legal battle; stimulate research; foster innovation; far-reaching and long-term implications; revise a strategy; trade secrets; reward with a temporary monopoly; renegotiate the royalty rates; mull over the implications of the Court’s decision

Exercise 10. to, in, from; in, from, with, by; by, into, in, against; in, of; in, in, for, with; through; on, in; with, for, within

Unit 11 Exercise 2. disclosure; publication; granting of a patent; filing date; patent application; prior art; valid patent; grace period; applicable law; non-disclosure agreement

Exercise 5. 1 — the abstract; 2 — patent office; 3 — the claims; 4 — opposition system; 5 — priority date; 6 — maintenance fees; 7 — specification; 8 — patent pending; 9 — search; 10 — examination 205

Exercise 6. T; T; F; F; T

Exercise 8. standard application; provisional application; continuation application; divisional application; patent application

Exercise 9. предварительная заявка; типовая заявка; описание изобретения к патенту; действительный патент; дата подачи заявки; рядовой патент; преимущественное требование; прототип, известный уровень техники; неочевидность; промышленная применимость; регистрационная пошлина; национальное патентное ведомство; предмет, сущность изобретения; периодическая пошлина, годичная основа; поддерживать действительность; расходы на переводческие услуги; получать патент; применимое патентное право; оспаривать патент; объявлять патент недействительным

Exercise 10. preliminary filing; cutoff date; priority date; divisional application; continuation application; provisional application; available to the public; comply with the requirement; effect of the international application; be subjected to an international search; a preliminary and non-binding written opinion; patentability criteria; withdraw an application; amend the claims; commence the national procedure; evaluate the chances; an applicant; look for potential licensee

Exercise 11. with; out; during; after; with; with; to; in; to; from; up to; with; under

Unit 12 Exercise 2. broadcast top sporting events live; sale of broadcasting and media rights; recognize and reward the entrepreneurial efforts; authorize rebroadcasting; protection of broadcasters’ rights needs updating; target for unauthorized retransmission; reducing the value of those rights; shutting down illegal websites 206

Exercise 5. F; T; T; F; T; F.

Exercise 6. from; against; for; in; from; among

Exercise 7. 5. 1 —a; 2 —d; 3 —c; 4 —f; 5 —b; 6 —e.

Exercise 13. спортсмен; инновации и творческая изобретательность; сфера спорта; улучшать результат; стимулировать техническое развитие; способствовать яркости, неповторимости спортивных событий; транслировать спортивные мероприятия; поддерживать развитие спорта; лучший источник дохода; финансировать самые крупные спортивные мероприятия; восстанавливать стадионы, развитие спорта на уровне ментальности рядовых граждан; гонорары; эксклюзивный материал; права телевизионщиков; игровой вид спорта; спонсоры и спортивные структуры; вести прямую трансляцию спортивных событий; коммерческая ценность, ценные активы; спортивные сделки; внутреннее законодательство и правоприменительная практика; широкая демонстрация торговых марок на престижных спортивных мероприятиях; финансовая стабильность многих спортивных организаций; противодействовать несанкционированному использованию имени; узаконивать; переплетенные кольца; шрифт; недостаточный элемент творчества; быть сильно похожим на; подать иск о нарушении авторского права; уменьшать риски; подавать иск о нарушении

Unit 13 Exercise 1. T; T; F; F; F; T.

GLOSSARY A abandon a trademark — отказаться от товарного знака, не использовать adaptation right — право на адаптацию assert a right — заявлять о праве B backup — резервное копирование be based on the material — быть выраженным в какой-либо материальной форме be eligible for registration — быть приемлемым для регистрации, отвечать требованиям регистрации BIRPI — Объединенные международные бюро по охране интеллектуальной собственности blurring — размывание границ, искажение; burden of attribution — бремя установления авторства by operation of law — в силу закона C cease and desist letter — требование о прекращении противоправного действия certification mark — удостоверительный знак (происхождение или качество) chemical compound — химическое вещество collective mark — коллективный товарный знак, коллективный знак обслуживания commercial use of non-commercial software — коммерческое использование некоммерческого программного обеспечения conclude a formal co-existence agreement — заключить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков concurrent use — одновременное использование constituent instrument — учредительный документ continuation application — продолжающаяся заявка contractual dispute — спор по договору (контракту) contravene the trademark coexistence agreement — нарушить соглашение об одновременном использовании схожих товарных знаков 208

copyright infringement — нарушение авторского права copyright law — авторское право copyright notice — знак охраны авторского права cost-efficient — рентабельный counterfeit — подделка, фальшивка counterfeiting — контрафакция cross-border dispute settlement — урегулирование международных споров cutoff date — дата прекращения D deceptive mark — ложный товарный знак, вводящий в заблуждение defensive trade mark — защитный торговый знак delimit geographical area — определять границы территории deny/refuse registration — отказать в регистрации derivative work — производная работа derogatory treatment — непочтительное, умаляющее достоинство обращение design feature — конструктивный признак design law — закон о промышленных образцах design protection — охрана промышленных образцов detriment — вред, ущерб; dilution — размывание, ослабление; disclose technical information — раскрывать информацию о технических характеристиках изобретения disclosure — раскрытие (информации) distinctive character of a mark — отличительный характер знака divisional application — выделенная заявка E earn return — получать прибыль economic rights — права собственности, имущественное право embody in a tangible form of expression — воплощать в материальную форму emerge under the auspices — возникнуть под покровительством (под эгидой) enforce patent rights — обеспечивать соблюдение патентных прав estoppel — процессуальный отвод exercise (exclusive, attendant) rights — использовать (исключительные, смежные) права exploit copyright — использовать, применять авторское право F factual indicia — фактический признак fair use (fair dealing) — добросовестное использование 209

false attribution of authorship — незаконное присвоение авторства file-sharing on peer-to-peer network — файл общего доступа в filing date — дата подачи заявки filing fee — регистрационная пошлина first sale or distribution right — право первой продажи/ право на распространение G generic mark — обобщенное марочное название, нарицательная марка goodwill — деловая репутация, нематериальные активы, гудвил governing law — применимое право grace period — льготный период grant a compulsory licence — предоставлять обязательную лицензию grant a patent — выдавать патент graphical user interface — графический интерфейс пользователя H handicraftitem — изделие кустарно-ремесленного производства hard-disk loading — загрузка жесткого диска human intellectual endeavor — интеллектуальная деятельность человека I in good faith — добросовестно, честно inalienability — неотчуждаемость, неотъемлемость incentive — стимул industrial applicability — промышленная применимость industrial design — промышленный образец industrial property — промышленная собственность informed user (зд.) — осведомленный покупатель intellectual property — интеллектуальная собственность intergovernmental organization — межправительственная организация inventive step — изобретательский уровень L legal entitlement — законное право lending right — право публичного проката M maintain a patent/a right in relation to a trademark — заявлять права на патент, сохранять патент в силе/сохранять право на товарный знак в силе make void — лишать юридической силы moral right — личное неимущественное право N non-obviousness — неочевидность 210

non-conventional sign — неконвенционный знак (знак, при получении которого не применялись правила Парижской конвенции) novelty — новизна O outright transfer — прямая передача overlapping laws — частично пересекающиеся законы P paternity right (right of attribution) — право на авторство passing off — недобросовестная конкуренция, коммерческая деятельность под чужим именем patent — патент Patent and Trademarks Office (PTO) — Бюро по патентам и товарным знакам patent application — заявка на патент patent infringement — нарушение патента patent law — патентное право patent licensing agreement — патентное лицензионное соглашение patent owner — обладатель патента patent protection — охрана патентных прав patent specification — описание изобретения к патенту patentable subject matter — патентуемые материалы, объекты patented invention — запатентованное изобретение patentee — владелец патента paternity right (right of attribution) — право авторства pending — находящийся в процессе рассмотрения pending procedure — иск на рассмотрении суда personality rights — личные неимущественные права physicalentity — материальный объект собственности police rights — следить за соблюдением прав preliminary filing — предварительная регистрация заявки primary infringement — первичное нарушение исключительных прав prior art — прототип, известный уровень техники priority claim — преимущественное требование priority date — дата приоритета property right — право собственности, имущественное право provisional application — предварительная заявка public communication right — право на обнародование, право на публичный показ public performance right — право на публичное исполнение qualify — отвечать требованиям qualify for protection — подпадать под право R related (attendant, neighbouring) rights — смежные права 211

renew the registration — продлить срок регистрации renounce his right — отказаться от права reproduction right — право на воспроизведение resale right — право вторичной продажи, право следования right holder — правообладатель right of attribution — право авторства right of integrity — право на неприкосновенность произведения right of privacy — право на сохранение конфиденциальности right of publication — право нао публикование S secondary infringement — вторичное нарушение исключительных прав, self-funding agency — самофинансируемая организация service mark — знак обслуживания shop right — право нанимателя на служебное изобретение работника software — программное обеспечение specialized agency — специализированное учреждение (в ООН) standard application — типовая заявка standard patent — рядовой патент subject matter — предмет (авторского права) substantial similarity — существенное сходство sui generis rights — права особого рода sui generis system — система специальной правовой охраны T tangible rights — имущественные права tarnishment — действия, порочащие репутацию торговой марки trade name — наименование фирмы, фирменное наименование trademark / trademark — товарный знак transfer a patent — передавать право на патент transfer or — лицо, передающее право; цедент U unauthorised user — несанкционированный пользователь unwarranted interference (with) — несанкционированное вмешательство V valid patent — действующий патент venue of the proceedings — место рассмотрения дела W within the scope of employment — в рамках трудовых отношений wrongful user — лицо, неправомерно использующее товарный знак некоммерческого программного обеспечения пиринговой сети

BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. http//www.ip-watch.org/ 2. http:// www.wipo.int/portal/index.html.en. 3. http://www.lawinsport.com/articles/intellectual-property-law/item/ how-to-register-an-olympic-logo-the-story-of-tokyo-2020?category_ id=124 4. http://www.multitran.ru 5. MacQueen H., Waelde C., Laurie G. Contemporary Intellectual Property Law and Policy. Oxford University Press, 2008. 960 с. 6. New Law Journal. Vol. 157 no. 7268. 13 April 2007. 7. Англо-русский полный юридический словарь / Мамулян А. С., Кашкин С. Ю. М., 2006. 8. Бирюков А. А. Право интеллектуальной собственности. Практикум. М.: Проспект, 2014. 9. Гражданский кодекс Российской Федерации. Часть четвертая. Параллельные русский и английский тексты. Жильцов А. Н., Мэггс П. Б. М.: Инфотропик Медиа, 2010. 10. Дашян М. С. Интеллектуальная собственность в бизнесе. М.: Эксмо, 2010. 11. Палажченко П. Р. Мой несистематический словарь. М., 2006. 12. Пикалова В. В., Розанова Е. И. Перевод в сфере права интеллектуальной собственности. Intellectual Property Law: Translating and Interpreting. М.: Академия, 2010. 13. Толковый юридический словарь: право и бизнес / Баскакова М. А. М., 2004. 14. Федотова И. Г., Старосельская Н. В., Толстопятенко Г. П. Английский язык для студентов юридических вузов. М.: Высшая школа, 2004. 15. Федотова И. Г., Толстопятенко Г. П. Юридические понятия и категории в английском языке. М.: Титул, 2001.

ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ Предисловие ....................................................................................................... 3 Unit 1. Introduction ............................................................................................ 5 Unit 2. IP: International Legal Environment...................................................... 18 Unit 3. Copyright Law: Rationale of Copyright. Obtaining and Enforcing Copyright........................................................................ 28 Unit 4. Copyright Law: Moral and Economic Rights .......................................... 43 Unit 5. Copyright Protection of Computer Software........................................... 60 Unit 6. Copyright Law: “Whose Format is it Anyway?” ...................................... 78 Unit 7. Trademarks: Definition, Functions, Registration and Use ...................... 92 Unit 8. IP and Business: Trademark Coexistence ..............................................109 Unit 9. Design Law ...........................................................................................123 Unit 10. Patent Law..........................................................................................136 Unit 11. Patent Law: Patent Application ...........................................................154 Unit 12. IP and Sports ......................................................................................174 Unit 13. Role of Intellectual Property in Enhancing the Competitiveness of the Tourism Industry.......................................................................188 Answer key........................................................................................................198 Glossary ...........................................................................................................208 Bibliography .....................................................................................................213